UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

xQUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For The Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2019

 

OR

  

oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  

For The Transition Period From                   To                  

 

COMMISSION FILE NO.001-34098

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   20-4062622

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

Building A1, 68 Xinxia Street, Pinghu, Longgang,

Shenzhen, Guangdong, 518111, People’s Republic of China

(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)

 

(86) 755-89686238

(COMPANY’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x    No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes x    No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer x Smaller reporting company x
Emerging growth company ¨  

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ¨    No x

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.0001   HPJ   Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq Global Market)
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights   HPJ   Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq Global Market)

 

The registrant had 15,567,953 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, outstanding as of May 13, 2019.

 

 

   

 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

FORM 10-Q

 FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED March 31, 2019

INDEX

 

      Page
Part I   Financial Information  
         
  Item 1.   Consolidated Financial Statements  
           
        (a) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2019 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2018 2
             
        (b) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Three Months Ended March 31 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited) 4
             
      (c) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited) 5
           
      (d) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Change in Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited) 6
           
      (e) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) 7
           
  Item 2.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 21
           
  Item 3.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 25
         
  Item 4.   Controls and Procedures 25
         
Part II   Other Information  
           
    Item 1.   Legal Proceedings 25
           
    Item 1A.   Risk Factors 25
           
    Item 2.   Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds 26
           
    Item 3.   Default Upon Senior Securities 26
           
    Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures 26
           
    Item 5.   Other Information 26
           
    Item 6.   Exhibits 27
           
Signatures 28

 

 1 

 

Item 1. Consolidated Financial Statements

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)     
   $   $ 
ASSETS          
Current Assets:          
Cash   24,167,300    24,916,484 
Restricted cash   39,562,823    44,495,633 
Accounts receivable, net   59,037,769    77,279,817 
Amount due from a related party   61,131    477,663 
Notes receivable   4,375,399    256,712 
Advances to suppliers   926,624    2,292,843 
Prepayments and other receivables   8,282,896    10,457,789 
Inventories   58,456,282    54,790,461 
           
Total Current Assets   194,870,224    214,967,402 
           
Property, plant and equipment, net   68,148,472    56,523,177 
Long-term prepayments   1,949,214    2,617,419 
Land use right, net   2,476,691    2,445,751 
Other assets   635,015    643,128 
Deferred tax assets, net   983,879    865,370 
Long-term investments   9,768,087    9,993,852 
Right-of-use assets   5,272,558    - 
           
TOTAL ASSETS   284,104,140    288,056,099 
           
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
           
LIABILITIES          
Current Liabilities:          
Accounts payable   68,943,619    66,486,690 
Deferred government grants   473,111    464,206 
Short-term loans   17,749,981    24,856,744 
Non-financial institution borrowing   -    8,761,426 
Notes payable   75,053,041    73,607,284 
Foreign exchange derivative liabilities   2,240    521,509 
Amount due to related parties   9,011,760    6,116,851 
Other payables and accrued liabilities   23,733,687    25,860,703 
Income taxes payable   4,246,421    4,124,719 
Lease liabilities, current   1,866,177    - 
           
Total Current Liabilities   201,080,037    210,800,132 
           
Lease liabilities, non current   3,550,051    - 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES   204,630,088    210,800,132 
           
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES   -    - 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 2 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)     
    $    $ 
EQUITY          
Stockholders’ equity          
Preferred stock          
(Par value: $0.0001, Authorized: 10,000,000 shares, Issued and outstanding: none)   -    - 
Common stock          
(Par value: $0.0001, Authorized: 100,000,000 shares, 15,567,953 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2019 and 15,559,658 at December 31, 2018, respectively)   1,557    1,556 
Additional paid-in capital   14,067,883    13,863,282 
Statutory and other reserves   8,012,052    8,012,052 
Retained earnings   56,481,633    56,173,912 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   910,927    (794,835)
           
TOTAL EQUITY   79,474,052    77,255,967 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY   284,104,140    288,056,099 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 3 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

  

Three months ended

March 31,

 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   $   $ 
Net sales   58,113,480    49,783,453 
Cost of sales   (45,452,951)   (42,217,126)
Gross profit   12,660,529    7,566,327 
           
Research and development expenses   (2,986,709)   (2,561,837)
Selling and distribution expenses   (2,792,862)   (1,975,096)
General and administrative expenses   (4,823,489)   (4,114,810)
Foreign currency transaction loss   (1,250,895)   (1,014,693)
Total operating expenses   (11,853,955)   (9,666,436)
           
Income (loss) from operations   806,574    (2,100,109)
           
Changes in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives   387,100    703,715 
Government grants   221,435    329,820 
Other income   66,698    23,561 
Equity in (loss) earnings of investee   (418,204)   156,250 
Interest expenses   (470,423)   (241,852)
Income (loss) before income taxes   593,180    (1,128,615)
           
Income taxes (expense) benefit   (285,459)   9,679 
Net income (loss)   307,721    (1,118,936)
           
Comprehensive income          
Net income (loss)   307,721    (1,118,936)
Foreign currency translation gain   1,705,762    2,836,556 
Comprehensive income   2,013,483    1,717,620 
           
Earnings (loss) per share of common stock attributable to the Company          
- Basic   0.02    (0.07)
- Diluted   0.02    (0.07)
           
Weighted average number of common stock outstanding          
- Basic   15,566,478    15,509,658 
- Diluted   15,604,907    15,509,658 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 4 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   $   $ 
Cash flows from operating activities          
Net income (loss)   307,721    (1,118,936)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:          
Depreciation and amortization   1,729,440    1,475,228 
Bad debt expense   89,427    18,524 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment   -    21,805 
Deferred taxes   (102,366)   (356,616)
Changes in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives   (387,100)   (414,042)
Equity in loss (earnings) of investee   418,204    (156,250)
Share based compensation   204,602    241,421 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accounts receivable   18,954,393    3,713,692 
Notes receivable   (4,120,877)   2,622,925 
Advances to suppliers   1,412,642    (236,789)
Prepayments and other receivables   2,379,960    (601,315)
Amount due from a related party   426,432    285,657 
Amount due to related parties   113,794    - 
Inventories   (2,626,489)   (10,779,233)
Accounts payable   (6,016,313)   (1,377,447)
Deferred government grants   -    475,783 
Other payables and accrued liabilities   (2,287,547)   665,379 
Income taxes payable   57,542    19,371 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities   10,553,465    (5,500,843)
           
Cash flows from investing activities          
Acquisitions of plant and equipment   (4,336,823)   (1,553,979)
Payment for long-term investment   (313,073)   (317,188)
Net cash flows used in investing activities   (4,649,896)   (1,871,167)
           
Cash flows from financing activities          
Proceeds from short-term bank loans   5,963,296    14,427,164 
Repayments of short-term bank loans   (13,560,014)   - 
Proceeds from a related party   2,981,648    - 
Repayments of non-financial institution borrowing   (8,944,944)   - 
Proceeds from notes payable   30,205,286    28,429,600 
Repayments of notes payable   (30,171,519)   (26,488,407)
Payment of derivative instruments   (143,089)   - 
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities   (13,669,336)   16,368,357 
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash   2,083,773    2,046,039 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and restricted cash   (5,681,994)   11,042,386 
Cash and restricted cash- beginning of year   69,412,117    40,456,117 
Cash and restricted cash- end of year   63,730,123    51,498,503 
           
Supplemental disclosures for cash flow information:          
Cash paid for:          
Income taxes   330,283    327,565 
Interest expenses   863,923    114,588 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:          

Purchase of plant and equipment financed by accounts payable

   7,203,680    - 
Reconciliation of cash and restricted cash:          
Cash   24,167,300    18,859,355 
Restricted cash   39,562,823    32,639,148 
Total cash and restricted cash shown in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows   63,730,123    51,498,503 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 5 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGE IN EQUITY

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

   Common stock   Additional
paid-in
   Statutory
and other
   Retained
   Accumulated
other
comprehensive
    
   Shares   Amount   capital   reserves   earnings   income   Total 
         $    $    $    $    $    $ 
Balance, January 1, 2018   15,509,658    1,551    12,709,756    6,549,815    44,481,568    3,469,495    67,212,185 
Foreign currency translation adjustments   -    -    -    -    -    2,836,556    2,836,556 
Share-based compensation expenses   -    -    241,421    -    -    -    241,421 

Net loss

   -    -    -    -    (1,118,936)   -    (1,118,936)
Balance, March 31, 2018   15,509,658    1,551    12,951,177    6,549,815    43,362,632    6,306,051    69,171,226 
                                    
Balance, January 1, 2019   15,559,658    1,556    13,863,282    8,012,052    56,173,912    (794,835)   77,255,967 
Exercise of the warrants   8,295    1    (1)   -    -    -    - 
Foreign currency translation adjustments   -    -    -    -    -    1,705,762    1,705,762 
Share-based compensation expenses   -    -    204,602    -    -    -    204,602 
Net income   -    -    -    -    307,721    -    307,721 
Balance, March 31, 2019   15,567,953    1,557    14,067,883    8,012,052    56,481,633    910,927    79,474,052 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 6 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

1.Organization

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Highpower International, Inc. ("Highpower") and its 100%-owned subsidiary Hong Kong Highpower Technology Company Limited (“HKHTC”), HKHTC’s wholly-owned subsidiary Shenzhen Highpower Technology Company Limited (“SZ Highpower”), SZ Highpower’s and HKHTC’s jointly owned subsidiaries, Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited (“SZ Springpower”) and Icon Energy System Company Limited (“ICON”) and SZ Highpower’s and SZ Springpower’s jointly owned subsidiary Huizhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (“HZ HTC”). Highpower and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Company".

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Basis of presentation

 

The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information, the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X. They do not include all of the information and notes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed with the SEC on March 28, 2019.

 

In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present a fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position as of March 31, 2019, its consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019, cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and change in equity for the three months ended March 31, 2019, as applicable, have been made. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019 or any future periods.

 

Concentrations of credit risk

 

One major customer accounted for 10.9% of the total sales for the three months ended March 31, 2019. There was no customer accounted for over 10% or more of the total sales during the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

One supplier accounted for 12.2% and 21.2% of the total purchase amount during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

One customer accounted for 12.6% of the accounts receivable as of March 31, 2019. No customer accounted for 10% or more of the accounts receivable as of December 31, 2018.

 

 7 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

2.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Recently issued accounting standards

 

On February 25, 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). It requires that a lessee recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from operating leases. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset (“ROU asset”) representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2019 using the modified retrospective approach, electing the package of practical expedients, and the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for data center operating leases. We also elected the optional transition method that permits adoption of the new standard prospectively, as of the effective date, without adjusting comparative periods presented. Adoption of the standard resulted in the recognition of $5.3 million of ROU assets and $5.4 million of lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at adoption related to office space, data and fulfillment centers, and other corporate assets.

 

See Note 7 for disclosure required by ASC 842.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220). The amendments in this Update allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Consequently, the amendments eliminate the stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and will improve the usefulness of information reported to financial statement users. However, because the amendments only relate to the reclassification of the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the underlying guidance that requires that the effect of a change in tax laws or rates be included in income from continuing operations is not affected. The amendments in this Update also require certain disclosures about stranded tax effects. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2018-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the amendments in this Update is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, (1) for public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (2) for all other entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Tax (Topic 740) - Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. This update adds SEC paragraphs pursuant to the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which expresses the view of the staff regarding application of Topic 740, Income Taxes, in the reporting period that includes December 22, 2017 - the date on which the Tax Act was signed into law. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, statements of operations and cash flows.

 

 8 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

3.Revenue Recognition

 

The Company follows the guidance under ASC 606 effective January 1, 2018. The following table disaggregates product sales by business segment and by geography, which provides information as to the major source of revenue. See Note 16 for additional description of the reportable business segments and the products being sold in each segment.

 

   Three months ended March 31, 2019 
   Lithium Business  

Ni-MH Batteries and

Accessories

   Consolidated 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   $   $   $ 
Primary Geographic Markets               
China Mainland   23,064,520    4,906,515    27,971,035 
Asia, others   17,011,230    6,059,484    23,070,714 
Europe   1,403,314    3,217,017    4,620,331 
North America   1,251,103    1,066,423    2,317,526 
Others   -    133,874    133,874 
Total sales   42,730,167    15,383,313    58,113,480 

 

The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in paragraph ASC 606-10-50-14 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations (i) contracts that have an original expected length of one year or less; and (ii) contracts where revenue is recognized as invoiced.

 

The Company does not have amounts of contract assets since revenue is recognized as control of goods is transferred. The contract liabilities consist of advance payments from customers. The contract liabilities are reported in a net position on a customer-by-customer basis at the end of each reporting period. All contract liabilities are expected to be recognized as revenue within one year and are included in other payables and accrued liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

4.Accounts receivable, net

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)     
   $   $ 
Accounts receivable   59,189,232    77,340,837 
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts   151,463    61,020 
    59,037,769    77,279,817 

 

 9 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

5.Inventories

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)     
   $   $ 
Raw materials   28,701,009    25,952,099 
Work in progress   9,377,147    10,192,772 
Finished goods   20,141,273    18,348,119 
Packing materials   31,193    14,394 
Consumables   205,660    283,077 
    58,456,282    54,790,461 

 

6.Property, plant and equipment, net

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)     
   $   $ 
Cost          
Construction in progress   11,339,810    6,991,889 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment   7,699,164    7,221,527 
Leasehold improvement   7,258,819    7,090,162 
Machinery and equipment   48,551,295    40,316,428 
Motor vehicles   1,609,150    1,508,398 
Buildings   19,534,641    19,166,951 
    95,992,879    82,295,355 
Less: accumulated depreciation   27,844,407    25,772,178 
    68,148,472    56,523,177 

 

The construction in process represented buildings and machines under construction or testing as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

The Company recorded depreciation expenses of $1,700,934 and $1,445,700 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2019, the Company deducted deferred government grants of $nil on the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company deducted deferred government grants of $75,584 in calculating the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment.

 

The buildings comprising the Huizhou facilities were pledged as collateral for bank loans. The net carrying amounts of the buildings were $8,641,385 and $8,536,246 as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

 

The buildings located in Shenzhen, Guangdong was pledged as collateral for bank loans. The net carrying amount of the buildings was $354,583 and $353,752 as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

 

 10 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

7.Leases

 

The Company has various non-cancelable lease agreements for certain of the warehouses and accommodations with original lease periods expiring between 2019 and 2022. The lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain the Company will exercise that option. Certain of the arrangements have free rent periods or escalating rent payment provisions. Leases with an initial term of twelve months or less are not recorded on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes rental expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

The following table provides a summary of leases by balance sheet location as of March 31, 2019:

  

    Balance Sheet Location   March 31, 2019  
        (Unaudited)  
        $  
Assets            
Operating   Right-of-use assets     5,272,558  
Total leased assets         5,272,558  
             
Liabilities            
Operating - current   Lease liabilities, current     1,866,177  
Operating - non current   Lease liabilities, non current     3,550,051  
Total lease liabilities         5,416,228  

 

The components of lease expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

   Statement of Income Location  Three months ended
March 31, 2019
 
      (Unaudited) 
      $ 
Lease Costs        
Operating lease expense  Cost of sales, Selling and distribution expenses, General and administrative expenses, Research and development expenses   757,707 
Total net lease costs      757,707 

 

Maturity of lease liabilities under the non-cancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

   Operating 
   (Unaudited) 
   $ 
Remaining 2019   1,635,280 
2020   1,888,266 
2021   1,715,654 
2022   745,078 
Total lease payments   5,984,278 
Less: interest   568,050 
Present value of lease liabilities   5,416,228 

 

 11 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

7.Leases (continued)

 

Future minimum rental payments under the non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

   Leases (1) 
   $ 
2019   2,288,437 
2020   1,790,861 
2021   1,621,298 
2022   668,792 
    6,369,388 

 

(1) Amounts are based on ASC 840, Leases that was superseded upon our adoption of ASC 842, Leases on January 1, 2019.

 

The following table provides a summary of the lease terms and discount rates for the three months ended March 31, 2019:

 

   Three months ended March 31, 2019 
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term     
Operating leases   3.00 years 
      
Weighted Average Discount Rate     
Operating leases   6.18%

 

As most of the leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company use the incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments.

 

Supplemental information related to the leases for the three months ended March 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

   Three months ended
March 31, 2019
 
   (Unaudited) 
   $ 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:     
Operating cash flows from operating leases   626,145 

 

 12 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

8.Long-term investments

  

    March 31, 2019     December 31, 2018  
    (Unaudited)              
    $     Interest
%
    $     Interest
%
 
Equity method investments                                
-Ganzhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (“GZ Highpower”) (1)     7,490,318       31.294 %     7,683,900       31.294 %
-Shenzhen V-power Innovative Technology Co., Ltd (“V-power”) (2)     530,662       49.000 %     595,730       49.000 %
Cost method investment                                
-Huizhou Yipeng Energy Technology Co Ltd.     1,747,107       4.654 %     1,714,222       4.654 %
      9,768,087               9,993,852          

 

(1) Investment in GZ Highpower

 

On December 21, 2017, after the completion of the capital increase to GZ Highpower by other shareholders, the Company lost the controlling power over GZ Highpower and deconsolidated GZ Highpower. Thereafter, the investment was recorded under the equity method.

 

The equity in loss of investee was $341,576 for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The equity in earnings of investee was $156,250 for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

(2) Investment in V-power

 

On February 28, 2018, the Company signed an investment agreement with a related company and a group of individuals (the “Founder Team”) with an aggregate amount of RMB4.9 million (approximately $0.7 million) for 49% of the equity interest of V-power, which was recorded under the equity method. In addition, the Company agreed to transfer the 15% of original equity interest of V-power to the Founder Team as compensation under voluntary assignment as any of the following requirements met: 1. annual sales revenue higher or equal to RMB30 million before the first capital increase of V-power; and 2. valuation of V-power higher or equal to RMB30 million before equity issuance. As of March 31, 2019, the Company injected RMB4.2 million (approximately $0.6 million) to V-power, and the unpaid amount was recorded as amount due to a related party (See Note 17).

 

The equity in loss of investee was $76,628 and $nil for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

 13 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

9.Taxation

 

Highpower and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries file tax returns separately.

 

1) VAT

 

Pursuant to the Provisional Regulation of the PRC on VAT and the related implementing rules, all entities and individuals ("taxpayers") that are engaged in the sale of products in the PRC are generally required to pay VAT, at a rate of which was changed from 17% to 16% on May 1, 2018 of the gross sales proceeds received, less any deductible VAT already paid or borne by the taxpayers. Further, when exporting goods, the exporter is entitled to a portion of or all the refund of VAT that it has already paid or incurred. The Company’s PRC subsidiaries are subject to VAT on their revenues.

 

2) Income tax

 

United States

 

Tax Reform

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was signed into legislation. The 2017 Tax Act significantly revises the U.S. corporate income tax by, among other things, lowering the statutory corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%, imposing a mandatory one-time tax on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, introducing new tax regimes, and changing how foreign earnings are subject to U.S. tax.

 

On December 22, 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740, Income Taxes. In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete.

 

The one-time transition tax is based on the total post-1986 earnings and profits (“E&P”) for which the Company has previously deferred U.S. income taxes.

 

The Company evaluated the Global Intangible Low Taxed Income ("GILTI") inclusion on current earnings and profits of greater than 10% owned foreign controlled corporations. The Company has evaluated whether it has additional provision amount resulted by the GILTI inclusion on current earnings and profits of its foreign controlled corporations. The law also provides that corporate taxpayers may benefit from a 50% reduction in the GILTI inclusion, which effectively reduces the 21% U.S. corporate tax rate on the foreign income to an effective rate of 10.5%. The GILTI inclusion further provides for a foreign tax credit in connection with the foreign taxes paid. In 2019, the Company recorded a GILTI inclusion of $7,830,673. However, the total tax of $245,585 is fully offset by the deemed paid foreign tax credit.

 

The Company completed quantification of the Tax Act impact. The final adjustment is not material.

 

 14 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

9.Taxation (continued)

 

Hong Kong

 

HKHTC, which was incorporated in Hong Kong, is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 16.5%.

 

In accordance with the relevant tax laws and regulations of Hong Kong, a company registered in Hong Kong is subject to income taxes within Hong Kong at the applicable tax rate on taxable income. In March 2018, the Hong Kong Government introduced a two-tiered profit tax rate regime by enacting the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No.3) Ordinance 2018 (the “Ordinance”). Under the two-tiered profits tax rate regime, the first $2 million of assessable profits of qualifying corporations is taxed at 8.25% and the remaining assessable profits at 16.5%. The Ordinance is effective from the year of assessment 2018-2019. According to the policy, if no election has been made, the whole of the taxpaying entity’s assessable profits will be chargeable to Profits Tax at the rate of 16.5% or 15%, as applicable. Because the preferential tax treatment is not elected by the Company, HKHTC is subject to income tax at a rate of 16.5%.

 

PRC

 

In accordance with the relevant tax laws and regulations of the PRC, a company registered in the PRC is subject to income taxes within the PRC at the applicable tax rate on taxable income.

 

In China, the companies granted with National High-tech Enterprise (“NHTE”) status enjoy 15% income tax rate. This status needs to be renewed every three years. If these subsidiaries fail to renew NHTE status, they will be subject to income tax at a rate of 25% after the expiration of NHTE status. All the PRC subsidiaries received NHTE status and enjoy 15% income tax rate for calendar year 2019 and 2018.

 

The components of the income taxes expense (benefit) are:

 

   Three months ended March 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   $   $ 
Current   387,825    346,937 
Deferred   (102,366)   (356,616)
Total income taxes expense (benefit)   285,459    (9,679)

 

The reconciliation of income taxes expenses (benefit) computed at the PRC statutory tax rate to income tax expense is as follows:

 

    Three months ended March 31,  
    2019     2018  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    $     $  
Income (loss) before tax     593,180       (1,128,615 )
                 
Provision for income taxes at PRC statutory income tax rate (25%)     148,295       (282,154 )
Impact of different tax rates in other jurisdictions     118,621       58,660  
Effect of PRC preferential tax rate     (190,307 )     6,453  
R&D expenses eligible for super deduction     (138,394 )     -  
Other non-deductible expenses     100,362       16,576  
Change in valuation allowance of deferred tax assets     246,882       190,786  
Effective enterprise income tax expense (benefit)     285,459       (9,679 )

 

 15 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

  

9.Taxation (continued)

 

3) Deferred tax assets, net

 

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purpose and the tax bases used for income tax purpose. The following represents the tax effect of each major type of temporary difference.

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)     
   $   $ 
Tax loss carry-forward   1,408,109    1,096,956 
Allowance for doubtful receivables   22,719    9,153 
Impairment for inventory   382,398    382,375 
Difference for sales cut-off   25,340    15,526 
Deferred government grants   70,967    69,631 
Property, plant and equipment subsidized by government grant   246,965    250,563 
Impairment for property, plant and equipment   117,384    138,122 
Total gross deferred tax assets   2,273,882    1,962,326 
Valuation allowance   (1,290,003)   (1,096,956)
Total net deferred tax assets   983,879    865,370 

 

As of March 31, 2019, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards in Hong Kong of $7,818,199 without expiration and in the PRC of $787,374, which will expire in 2023.

 

The Company has deferred tax assets which consisted of tax loss carry-forwards and other items that can be carried forward to offset future taxable income. Management determined it is more likely than not that part of the deferred tax assets could not be utilized, so a valuation allowance was provided for as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The net valuation allowance increased by $0.2 million and $0.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

10.Notes payable

 

Notes payable presented to certain suppliers as a payment against the outstanding trade payables.

 

Notes payable are mainly bank acceptance bills which are non-interest bearing and generally mature within one year. The outstanding bank acceptance bills are secured by restricted cash deposited in banks. Outstanding bank acceptance bills were $75,053,041 and $73,607,284 as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

 

11.Short-term loans

 

As of March 31, 2019, the bank borrowings were for working capital and capital expenditure purposes with maturity of one year and were secured by personal guarantees executed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan, the land use right with a net carrying amount of $2,476,691 and the buildings with a net carrying amount of $8,995,968, respectively.

 

The loans were primarily obtained from three banks with interest rates ranging from 5.6160% to 6.5253% per annum and 5.2300% to 6.5253% per annum as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The interest expenses were $344,983 and $111,713 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

 16 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

  

12.Non-financial institution borrowing

  

For the three months ended March 31, 2019, the Company paid back $8,944,944 to the third party non-financial institution.

 

The interest expense of the above borrowing was $4,922 and $162,303 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

13.Lines of credit

  

The Company entered into various credit contracts and revolving lines of credit, which were used for short-term loans and bank acceptance bills. As of March 31, 2019, the total and unused lines of credit were $109.6 million and $33.6 million, respectively, with maturity dates from May 2019 to October 2021. As of December 31, 2018, the total and unused lines of credit were $102.6 million and $23.8 million, respectively, with maturity dates from March 2019 to October 2021.

 

These lines of credit were guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s buildings and the land use right were pledged as collateral for these line of credit.

 

14.

Earnings (loss) per share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

   Three months ended March 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   $   $ 
Numerator:          
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company   307,721    (1,118,936)
           
Denominator:          
Weighted-average shares outstanding          
- Basic   15,566,478    15,509,658 
- Dilutive effects of equity incentive awards   38,429    - 
- Diluted   15,604,907    15,509,658 
           
Net earnings (loss) per share:          
- Basic   0.02    (0.07)
- Diluted   0.02    (0.07)

 

Diluted earnings per share takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock. Potential dilutive securities are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS in loss periods as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

  

 17 

 

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

15.Defined contribution plan

  

Full-time employees of the Company in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits (“the Benefits”) are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the PRC operating subsidiaries of the Company make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. Except for contributions made related to the Benefits, the Company has no legal obligation.

 

The total contributions made, which were expensed as incurred, were $983,374 and $653,957 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

16.Segment information

 

The reportable segments are components of the Company that offer different products and are separately managed, with separate financial information available that is separately evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer, in determining the performance of the business. The Company categorizes its business into two reportable segments, namely (i) Lithium Business and (ii) Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories.

 

The CODM evaluates performance based on each reporting segment’s net sales, cost of sales, gross profit and total assets. Net sales, cost of sales, gross profit and total assets by segments is set out as follows:

 

   Three months ended March 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   $   $ 
Net sales          
Lithium Business   42,730,167    36,596,655 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories   15,383,313    13,186,798 
Total   58,113,480    49,783,453 
           
Cost of Sales          
Lithium Business   33,628,468    30,791,339 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories   11,824,483    11,425,787 
Total   45,452,951    42,217,126 
           
Gross Profit          
Lithium Business   9,101,699    5,805,316 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories   3,558,830    1,761,011 
Total   12,660,529    7,566,327 

  

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)     
   $   $ 
Total Assets          
Lithium Business   221,165,885    231,795,621 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories   62,938,255    56,260,478 
Total   284,104,140    288,056,099 

 

 18 

  

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

16.Segment information (continued)

   

All long-lived assets of the Company are located in the PRC. Geographic information about the sales and accounts receivable based on the locations of the Company’s customers is set out as follows:

 

   Three months ended March 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   $   $ 
Net sales          
China Mainland   27,971,035    28,305,763 
Asia, others   23,070,714    15,754,396 
Europe   4,620,331    4,537,903 
North America   2,317,526    1,164,831 
Others   133,874    20,560 
    58,113,480    49,783,453 

 

   March  31,   December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)     
   $   $ 
Accounts receivable          
China Mainland   37,572,057    38,048,651 
Asia, others   17,487,874    33,237,051 
Europe   3,244,105    5,413,343 
North America   696,234    566,769 
Others   37,499    14,003 
    59,037,769    77,279,817 

 

17.Related party balance and transaction

 

Related party balance

 

   March 31   December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)     
   $   $ 
Accounts receivable   -    476,093 
Other receivable   61,131    1,570 
Amount due from a related party- GZ Highpower   61,131    477,663 
           
Other payable-investment (1)   104,178    408,867 
Loan from Mr. Dang Yu Pan (2)   8,907,582    5,707,984 
Amount due to related parties   9,011,760    6,116,851 

  

(1)The Company signed an investment agreement with an aggregate amount of RMB4.9 million (approximately $0.7 million) in investing for 49% of the equity interest of V-power which was set up on March 1, 2018. On April 28, 2018, the Company injected RMB2.1 million (approximately $0.3 million) to V-power. On January 14, 2019, the Company injected RMB2.1 million (approximately $0.3 million) to V-power and the unpaid amount was recorded as amount due to a related party. (See Note 8)

 

(2)The Company entered into a loan agreement with a maximum amount of RMB60 million (approximately $8.9 million) with Mr. Dang Yu Pan on July 20, 2018. As of March 31, 2019, the Company withdrew an aggregate amount of RMB58.2 million (approximately $8.7 million). The interest rate is 5.65% per annum. The Company accrued interest expense $113,795 for the three months ended March 31, 2019.

 

 19 

  

 HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

(Stated in US Dollars)

  

 

17.Related party balance and transaction (continued)

 

Related party transaction

 

   Three months ended March 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   $   $ 
GZ Highpower          
Sales   200,733    225,787 
           
V-Power          
Payment of investment   313,073    - 
           
Dang Yu Pan          
Loan from Dang Yu Pan   2,981,648    - 
Interest expense   113,795      

 

18.Subsequent event

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the issuance of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and no other subsequent event is identified that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 20 

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes that are included in this Quarterly Report and the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 filed with SEC on March 28, 2019 (the “Annual Report”).

 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are not historical facts, and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expected and projected. All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this Form 10-Q including, without limitation, statements in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding the Company’s financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “seek” and variations and similar words and expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements relate to future events or future performance, but reflect management’s current beliefs, based on information currently available. A number of factors could cause actual events, performance or results to differ materially from the events, performance and results discussed in the forward-looking statements. For information identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements, please refer to the Risk Factors section of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Company’s securities filings can be accessed on the EDGAR section of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Except as expressly required by applicable securities law, the Company disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

Overview

 

Net sales increased by $8.3 million, or 16.7%, during the first quarter of 2019 compared to the same quarter in 2018. The main driver was our lithium business, including high-end consumer products, industrial applications and increased demand for artificial intelligence products.

 

Lithium business net sales increased by $6.1 million, or 16.8%, during the first quarter of 2019 compared to the same quarter in 2018.

 

Ni-MH batteries and accessories net sales increased by $2.2 million, or 16.7%, during the first quarter of 2019 compared to the same quarter in 2018.

 

Gross profit during the first quarter of 2019 was $12.7 million, or 21.8% of net sales, compared to $7.6 million, or 15.2% of net sales, for the comparable period in 2018.

 

For 2019, we will continue to drive business growth and seek to continuously improve our labor efficiency.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

See Note 2 to the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for our critical accounting policies.

  

 21 

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth the unaudited consolidated statements of operations of the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, both in US$ and as a percentage of net sales.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share                              
Amounts)   Three months ended March 31,  
    2019           2018           Increased
(decreased)
%
 
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)              
Net Sales     58,113       100.0 %     49,783       100.0 %     16.7 %
Cost of Sales     (45,452 )     (78.2 %)     (42,217 )     (84.8 %)     7.7 %
Gross profit     12,661       21.8 %     7,566       15.2 %     67.3 %
                                         
Research and development expenses     (2,987 )     (5.1 %)     (2,562 )     (5.1 %)     16.6 %
Selling and distribution expenses     (2,793 )     (4.8 %)     (1,975 )     (4.0 %)     41.4 %
General and administrative expenses     (4,823 )     (8.3 %)     (4,115 )     (8.3 %)     17.2 %
Foreign currency transaction loss     (1,251 )     (2.2 %)     (1,015 )     (2.0 %)     23.3 %
Income (loss) from operations     807       1.4 %     (2,101 )     (4.2 %)     138.4 %
                                         
Changes in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives     386       0.7 %     704       1.4 %     (45.0 %)
Government grants     221       0.4 %     330       0.7 %     (32.9 %)
Other income     67       0.1 %     24       0.0 %     183.1 %
Equity in (loss) earnings of investee     (418 )     (0.7 %)     156       0.3 %     (367.7 %)
Interest expenses     (470 )     (0.8 %)     (242 )     (0.5 %)     94.5 %
Income (loss) before income taxes     593       1.0 %     (1,129 )     (2.3 %)     152.6 %
                                         
Income taxes (expense) benefit     (285 )     (0.5 %)     10       0.0 %     (3,049.3 %)
Net income (loss)     308       0.5 %     (1,119 )     (2.2 %)     127.5 %
                                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per common stock attributable to the Company     0.02               (0.07 )                

 

Net sales

 

Net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2019 were $58.1 million compared to $49.8 million for the comparable period in 2018, an increase of $8.3 million, or 16.7%. Net sales of Lithium business increased by $6.1 million, or 16.8%, during the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to the comparable period in 2018. Ni-MH batteries and accessories net sales increased by $2.2 million, or 16.7%, during the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to the comparable period in 2018. The increase in net sales was mainly due to the optimization of our sales structure.

 

Gross profit

 

Gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was $12.7 million, or 21.8% of net sales, compared to $7.6 million, or 15.2% of net sales, for the comparable period in 2018. This increase was attributed to the product mix and improvement in our labor efficiency.

 

Research and development expenses

 

Research and development expenses were $3.0 million, or 5.1% of net sales, for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $2.6 million, or 5.1% of net sales, for the comparable period in 2018. The Company will continue to invest on R&D activities in the future.

 

 22 

 

Selling and distribution expenses

 

Selling and distribution expenses were $2.8 million, or 4.8% of net sales, for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $2.0 million, or 4.0% of net sales, for the comparable period in 2018. The increase of expenses was mainly driven by expanded business scale, including marketing expenses for more brand customers.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses were $4.8 million, or 8.3% of net sales, for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $4.1 million, or 8.3% of net sales, for the comparable period in 2018.

 

Foreign currency transaction loss

 

We experienced a loss of $1.3 million and $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, on the exchange rate difference between the US$ and the RMB. The loss in exchange rate difference was due to the influence of the RMB relative to the US$ over the respective periods.

 

Changes in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives

 

We experienced a gain on derivative instruments of $0.4 million and $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Government grants

 

Government grants were $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $0.3 million for the comparable period in 2018.

 

Other income

 

Other income was $66,698 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to other income was $23,561 for the comparable period in 2018.

 

Equity in (loss) earnings of investees 

 

Equity in loss of investees were $418,204 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to equity in earnings of investee $156,250 for the comparable period in 2018.

 

Interest expenses

 

Interest expenses were $470,423 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to interest expenses of $241,852 for the comparable period in 2018.

 

Income taxes (expense) benefit

 

Income taxes expense was $285,459 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to income taxes benefit of $9,679 for comparable period in 2018.

 

Net income (loss)

 

Net income attributable to the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was $0.3 million. Net loss attributable to the Company of $1.1 million for the comparable period in 2018, increased by $1.4 million, or 127.5%.

 

 23 

  

Reconciliation of Net Income to EBITDA

 

A table reconciling earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), a non-GAAP financial measure, to the appropriate GAAP measure is included with the Company's financial information below. EBITDA was derived by taking earnings before interest expense (net), taxes, depreciation and amortization. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company believes this non-GAAP measure is useful to investors as it provides a basis for evaluating the Company's operating results in the ordinary course of its operations. This non-GAAP measure is not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. The Company believes that non-GAAP measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the amounts associated with its results of operations as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that these measures should only be used to evaluate the Company's results of operations in conjunction with, and not in lieu of, the corresponding GAAP measures.

 

   Three months ended March 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
    $    $ 
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company   307,721    (1,118,936)
           
Interest expenses   470,423    241,852 
Income taxes expenses (benefit)   285,459    (9,679)
Depreciation and Amortization   1,729,440    1,475,228 
           
EBITDA   2,793,043    588,465 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We had cash of approximately $24.2 million as of March 31, 2019, compared to $24.9 million as of December 31, 2018.

 

To provide liquidity and flexibility in funding our operations, we borrow funds under bank facilities and other external sources of financing. As of March 31, 2019, we had lines of credit with seven financial institutions aggregating $109.6 million. The maturities of these facilities vary from May 2019 to October 2021. The facilities are subject to regular review and approval. Certain of these bank facilities are guaranteed by our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan, pledged by land use right and buildings, and contain customary affirmative and negative covenants for secured credit facilities of this type. Interest rates are generally based on the banks’ reference lending rates. No significant commitment fees are required to be paid for the bank facilities. As of March 31, 2019, we had utilized approximately $76.0 million under such general credit facilities and had available unused credit facilities of $33.6 million.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $10.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to net cash used in operating activities of $5.5 million for the comparable period in 2018. The net cash increase of $16.1 million provided by operating activities is primarily due to an increase of $15.2 million in cash inflow from accounts receivable, a decrease of $8.2 million in cash outflow from inventories and an increase of $6.7 million in cash outflow from notes receivable.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $1.9 million for the comparable period in 2018. The net cash increase of $2.7 million used in investing activities is primarily due to an increase of $2.8 million in cash outflow from acquisitions of plant and equipment.

 

Net cash used in financing activities was $13.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $16.4 million for the comparable period in 2018. The net cash increase of $30.1 million in net cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to an increase of $13.6 million in cash outflow from repayments of short-term bank loans, a decrease of $8.5 million in cash inflow from proceeds from short-term bank loans and an increase of $8.9 million in cash outflow from repayments of non-financial institution borrowing.

 

 24 

 

Recent Accounting Standards

 

Please refer to Note 2 (Recently issued accounting standards).

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Not required for a smaller reporting company.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

 

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed and adopted by management to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is properly recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that all necessary information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

(b) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2019, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Part II. Other Information

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we are subject to certain legal proceedings, claims and disputes that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Although we cannot predict the outcomes of these legal proceedings, we do not believe these actions, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Investors should carefully consider the risks described herein and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the SEC on March 28, 2019 and all of the information contained in our public filings before deciding whether to purchase our common stock. Other than as set forth below, there have been no material revisions to the “Risk Factors” as set forth in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 25 

 

Item 2. Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

None.

 

Item 3. Default Upon Senior Securities

 

None.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 5. Other Information

 

Working Capital Loan Contract between SZ Highpower and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch

 

On January 9, 2019, SZ Highpower entered into a working capital loan contract with Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch providing for an aggregate loan of RMB40,000,000 ($5,953,001) to be used by SZ Highpower to purchase raw materials. The term of the loan is 12 months from the first withdrawal date. SZ Highpower must withdraw the facility within 30 days from January 10, 2019, after which time the bank may cancel all or part of the facility. The interest rate will equal the one year benchmarked by interbank rates, plus 1.345%. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Springpower and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s real estate properties and land use rights in Huizhou also serve as collateral for the loan. The balance of loan was $4,464,751 as of March 31, 2019.

 

The following constitute events of default under each loan agreement: failure to comply with repayment obligations under the agreement or any affiliated credit lines contract; failure to use borrowed funds according to the specified purposes; any statement made by SZ Highpower in the agreement is untrue or in violation of any commitments in the loan agreement or affiliated loan contracts; failure to provide an additional guarantor as required by the loan agreement; significant business difficulties or risks, deteriorated financial losses or losses of assets, or other financial crisis; breach of covenants in other credit agreements with the bank or affiliated institutions of the bank; any guarantor breaches a contract or defaults under any agreement with the bank or affiliated institutions of the bank; termination of its business or engagement due to any wind-up, cancellation or bankruptcy issues; involvement or potential involvement in significant economic disputes, litigation, arbitration or assets seizure or confiscation, or its involvement in other judicial proceedings or administrative punishment proceedings that have affected or may affect its capacity to perform its obligations under the affiliated specific credit line contract; an abnormal change in any major individual investor or key management member of SZ Highpower or such a person or entity’s becoming subject to investigation or restriction by the judiciary, which have or may affect SZ Highpower’s performance of obligation under affiliated specific credit line contract; Bank of China’s discovery of any situation that may affect the financial position or performance capacities of SZ Highpower or a guarantor after the bank’s annual review of SZ Highpower’s financial position and performance; failure to provide the relevant documentation acceptable to Bank of China about the inflows and outflows of large-sum and abnormal capital in capital recovery account; or being in violation of other rights and obligations under the affiliated specific credit line contract.

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the bank may: request SZ Highpower or any guarantor to rectify the event of default within a specified time period; reduce, temporarily suspend or permanently terminate SZ Highpower’s credit limit in whole or in part; temporarily suspend or permanently terminate in part or in whole SZ Highpower’s application for specific credit line under the agreement; announce the immediate expiration of all the credit lines granted under the affiliated specific credit line contract as well as other contracts; terminate or release the contract, terminate or release in part or in whole any of the affiliated specific credit line contract as well as the other contracts executed between SZ Highpower and the bank; require compensation from SZ Highpower on the losses thereafter caused; hold SZ Highpower’s deposit account at the bank in custody for repayment of amounts due under the contract; exercise the real rights for security; request repayment from a guarantor; or take any other procedures deemed necessary by the bank.

 

 26 

 

Comprehensive Credit Line Contract between SZ Springpower and Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

 

On January 22, 2019, SZ Springpower entered into a comprehensive credit line contract with the Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, which provides for a revolving line of credit of up to RMB50,000,000 ($7,441,251). SZ Springpower may withdraw the loan, from time to time as needed, on or before January 21, 2020. The loan is guaranteed by SZ Highpower, ICON, HZ HTC and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The used facility was $3,159,555 as of March 31, 2019.

 

The following constitute events of default under the loan contracts: SZ Springpower fails to use the credit limit as per the agreements in this contract or specific business contracts, or fails to pay interest, principal or other funds payable on time in full amount, or fails to timely pay fully on time, causing that Bank of Beijing pays in advance; SZ Springpower fails to (or affirmatively shows or shows that it won’t with behavior) totally and duly perform the commitments, guarantee, obligations or responsibilities under this contract or specific business contracts; the guarantor fails to totally and duly perform the commitments, guarantee, obligations or responsibilities under this contract or specific business contracts, or has other default event under the guarantee document, or the collateral / pledge (if any) is damaged, lost, the ownership is shifted, closed/ frozen / detained or compulsorily executed, or the guarantee document or any guarantee right of Bank of Beijing is regarded as invalid, revoked or dissolved without the written consent of Bank of Beijing; any significant credit finance, guarantee, compensation or other repayment liability of the credit grantee can’t be performed when mature; or the operation license of the main business or significant business is suspended or canceled, or business suspension and rectification / takeover / dissolution / declaration of bankruptcy, etc. are entered; the financial or operational status of the credit grantee has significant and adverse change, or has bad credit record, or involves in the dispute or administrative punishment, etc. that has significant adverse influence on its repayment ability or the performance of this contract and specific business contracts, or has other situation that has serious adverse influence on the creditor’s right or guarantee right of Bank of Beijing.

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the bank may: adjust the maximum amount of the line of credit and/or cancel the comprehensive contract, terminate the unused portion of the credit line.

 

Basic Credit Line Contract Between SZ Springpower and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch

Basic Credit Line Contract Between HZ HTC and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

On March 19, 2019, each of SZ Springpower and HZ HTC entered into a basic credit line contract with Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch. SZ Springpower’s loan agreement provides for a revolving line of credit of up to RMB40,000,000 ($5,953,001) and HZ HTC’s loan agreement provides for a revolving line of credit of up to RMB20,000,000 ($2,976,501). Each Company may withdraw the loan from time to time as needed on or before March 19, 2019. SZ Springpower’s loan is guaranteed by SZ Highpower, HZ HTC, ICON and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. HZ HTC’s loan is guaranteed by SZ Highpower, SZ Springpower, ICON and our Chief Executive Officer, Dang Yu Pan. The used facility of SZ Springpower and HZ HTC was $4,991,324 and $nil as of March 31, 2019.

 

The following constitute events of default under the loan contract: any information provided by or representation or warranty made by the borrower proves to have been untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading; a deterioration or obvious weakening of the borrower’s credit standing or ability to repay the loan; a cross default under certain agreements involving the borrower or a guarantor, or their affiliated related parties; the borrower’s violation of any obligations in an affiliated specific credit line contract; the borrower’s failure to timely repay the principal, interest and fees under the contract and any specific contract; the borrower’s suspension of payment, or failure or indication that it is unable to repay, the debt due; the borrower’s termination of its business, liquidation, bankruptcy, dissolution, or revocation or cancellation of it business permit; the borrower’s involvement in a major business dispute or deteriorated financial situation; or the emergence of any other situation that endanger, damage, or may endanger, damage the bank’s rights and benefits.

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the bank may: temporarily suspend or permanently terminate the borrower’s credit limit in whole or in part; announce the immediate expiration of all or part of the debts under the contract; terminate the contract and declare all amounts outstanding under the contract immediately due and payable; request overdue interest from the borrower caused by the default; request penalty interest; or request compensation in full from the borrower for the breach. 

 

Item 6. Exhibits

 

Exhibit

Number

  Description of Document
     
10.1   Working Capital Loan Contract dated January 9, 2019, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch, (translated to English).
     
10.2   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract dated January 22, 2019, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited and Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (translated to English).
     
10.2(a)   Maximum Warranty Contract dated January 22, 2019, between Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Company Limited and Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (translated to English).
     
10.2(b)   Maximum Warranty Contract dated January 22, 2019, between Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (translated to English).
     
10.2(c)   Maximum Warranty Contract dated January 22, 2019, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (translated to English).
     
10.2(d)   Maximum Warranty Contract dated January 22, 2019, between Dang Yu Pan and Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (translated to English).
     
10.3   Basic Credit Line Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.3(a)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Company Limited and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.3(b)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.3(c)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.3(d)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Dang Yu Pan and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.4   Basic Credit Line Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.4(a)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Company Limited and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.4(b)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.4(c)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
10.4(d)   Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract dated March 19, 2019, between Dang Yu Pan and Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch (translated to English).
     
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
32.1*   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any filings.

 

 27 

   

HIGHPOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  Highpower International, Inc.
     
     
Dated: May 13, 2019   /s/ Dang Yu Pan
  By: Dang Yu Pan
  Its: Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer and duly authorized officer)
     
    /s/ Sunny Pan
  By: Sunny Pan
  Its: Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

 

 28 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Working Capital Loan Contract

 

Reference No. : 2018nianzhenzhongyinbujiezi No.0134

 

Party A: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd

Business License:**

Legal Representative: Dangyu Pan

Address:**

Deposit A/C and financial institutions: Bank of China, Pinghu Sub-branch, Shenzhen,

Telephone: ; Facsimile: 0755-89686298

 

Party B: Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch.

Legal Representative: ZHENG XIAOCHUAN

Address: 108, Buji Road, Buji Town, Longgang District, Shenzhen; Postal code: 518000

Telephone: 0755-22334749; Facsimile: 0755-28850638

 

Borrowers and lenders through equal consultation, the lender to the borrower liquidity loan agreement and conclude the contract.

This contract is the affiliated specific credit contract under the “Comprehensive Credit Line Contract” (Reference No.: 2018zhenzhongyinebuxiezi No. 00028), which is signed by Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd and Bank of China, Buji Sub-branch.

 

Clause 1 Amount

Party B agrees to provide the following loan:

Currency in: RMB

Amount: RMB FORTY million only

RMB 40,000,000.00

 

Clause 2 Period

The period of the loan is 12 months starting from the first withdrawal date in part or in whole. It is Party A’s obligation to withdraw funds on the date as agreed. Any late withdrawal will not result in delay/extension of repayment.

 

Clause 3 Use of loan

Purpose of loan: Purchase of raw materials

Party A is prohibited from changing the use of loan without Party B’s written approval. The restrictions include but are not limited to changing the use of loan to fixed assets or equity investments, as well as production activities prohibited by the central governments.

 

Clause 4 lending rate and interest calculations

1.Lending rate is floating rate, which is reset every 6 months starting from the first withdrawal date. The rate resetting date is the first day of each floating period.

 

For each withdrawal in installments:

■ RMB floating rate

A. First withdrawal (during the first floating period) interest rate is the twelve-month benchmark lending interest rate, set by Interbank rates, plus 134.5;

 

 

 

B. On the interest resetting date, the new interest rate is the spot one-year lending interest rate, benchmarked by Interbank rates, plus 134.5 on all outstanding loan amounts.

2. Interest calculation

Interest is calculated starting from the actual withdrawal date on the actual amount of money withdrawn and the number of days outstanding.

Interest calculation formula: Interest = Principal × actual number of days × daily rate.

Daily rate calculation is: daily rate = APR / 360.

3. The method of interest settlement

Interest settlement takes place on the 20th of each month, the 21st is the interest payment date.

If the final loan principal payment date is different from the interest payment date, the borrower should pay off all interest on the principal payment date.

4. Penalty interest

(1) For the loan overdue or violated use the loan purpose, penalty interest rate will apply to the loan amount that is overdue or misappropriated from the date of overdue or misappropriation until the principal and interest are paid off.

On both overdue and misappropriation of loans, a higher penalty interest rate shall be charged.

(2) If the borrower does not pay interest and/or penalty interest by the interest payment date, the interest is calculated based on Clause 3 and 4.

(3) Penalty rate

■ The penalty interest rate on floating-rate loans

According to the floating period and the method of floating as agreed in Clause 1, the penalty interest rate of the overdue loan shall be the agreed interest rate plus 50%, and the penalty interest rate of the misappropriated loan shall be the agreed interest rate plus 50%;

 

Clause 5 Withdrawal Conditions

Withdrawal must meet the following conditions:

1. This contract and its attachments have become effective.

2. Party A has provided guarantees requested by Party B, and the guarantee contract has become effective and has accomplished legal procedures of approval and registration.

3. Party A has provided Party B with loan documents, seals, personnel list, specimen signature, and complete the relevant evidence.

4. Party A has opened the account for fulfilling this contract requested by Party B.

5. Party A should submit written withdrawal application, documentary proof for using of loans and complete the relevant formalities for withdrawal before 5 banking days.

6. Party A has submitted resolution books and power of attorney signed by the board or other authorities to Party B.

Withdrawal can be refused by Party B if Party A has not met the above conditions, but agreed by Party B.

 

Clause 6 Date and method of withdrawal

1.All loans should be withdrawn in 30 days from 10th Jan 2019.
2.Party B has the right to refuse the withdrawal application of unused loan which is over the date of withdrawal.

 

 

 

Clause 7 Payment of the loan

1. The account

The loan should be granted and paid through the account opened by Party A:

Account Name: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

Account number:**

2. The way of payment

(1) The way of payment should be in accordance with laws and regulations, regulatory requirements and the contract. The way of single payment of the Loan should be approved in written withdrawal application. Party B has the right to change the way of payment or stop providing the loan if the way of payment in the application doesn’t meet the requirement.

(3) Borrower makes the payment on its own.

(4) The change of payment. The way of payment should be changed when the payment, credit rating or other conditions of Party A has changed after submitting withdrawal application. Party A should provide the written change application, should resubmit the withdrawal application and documentary proof for using of loans if the sum, payment object or the use of loans has changed.

3. The specific requirements of entrusted payment

(1) Entrusted payment. Party B pay to the specified account directly which is written in this contract, including the name of account, account number and the sum of payment.

(2) To provide the transaction information. Party A should provide the account of loans, the account information of counterparty and relevant documents when entrusted payment. All document provided to Party B should be true, integral and effective, or Party B does not assume any responsibility for failed transaction, and occurred repayment obligations do not be affected.

(3) Party B’s obligations under the entrusted payment

A. Party B pay to the specified account after examination and approval of Party A’s commission books and other related transaction information when entrusted payment.

B. If Party B found that the proof materials and other related trading purposes material provided by Party A does not comply with this contract or the presence of other defects, Party B has the right to require Party A to supplement, replace, description or re-submit the relevant materials. Before these materials are submitted, Party B has the right to refuse the issuance and payment of the relevant amounts.

C. Party B will assume no responsibility and the generated obligations of Party A will be not affected if Party B cannot pay the loan to the counterparty in time in accordance with payment order of Party A because of the refund by opening bank of the counterparty. Party A hereby authorizes Party B to freeze the fund returned by opening bank of the counterparty. In this case, Party A shall resubmit the payment order and use proven materials and other related transaction materials.

(4) Party A shall not piecemeal way to circumvent the trustee to pay Party B.

5. Party B has right to redefine the terms of payment and loan disbursement or stop the loan if the following situations occurred:

(1) Party A violates the contract to circumvent entrusted payment of Party B by piecemeal way.

(2) Party A's credit status drops or main business profitability is not good.

(3) The use of loan is abnormal.

(4) Party A fails to provide the records and information of the loan requested by Party B timely.

(5) Party A contravenes this section to use the loan.

 

Clause 8 Repayment

1. Party A shall specify the following account as capital recovery account and provide the information of this account. Party B has the right to ask Party A to explain inflows and outflows of large-sum and abnormal capital, as well as monitor capital recovery account.

Account Name: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

Account number:**

2. Except otherwise agreed, on the expiry date, Party A must repay all the loans under this contract.

If Party A wants to change the plan of repayment, a written application confirmed in writing by both parties jointly should be submitted in 10 banking days before the loans maturity.

3. Unless otherwise agreed, Party A has the right to decide repayment order of the principal or interest. If there are several expiring loans or overdue loans which are repaid in installment way under this contract, Party B has the right to decide the liquidation sequence of a repayment. Party B has the right to decide the priority of the repayment order if multiple contracts expire at the same time.

4. Unless otherwise agreed, Party A can repay in advance, but Party A should notice Party B in written 15 banking days advance. The amount of the first advance payment used to repay the final maturity of the loan, in reverse order to repay the loans.

5. Party A must deposit funds in the following account three banking days advance of every expiring principle with interest. Party B has the right to take the funds from the account on the expiry date.

Account Name: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

Account number: 744557938816

 

Clause 9 Guarantee

1.       To ensure that borrowing under this agreement is repaid, both parties signed the guarantees.

2.       Under certain circumstance, Party B believes that will affect the capacity for fulfilling the contract of Party A or Guarantor, or Guarantee Contracts are invalid, revoked or dissolved, or the financial position of Party A/Guarantor deteriorate or Party A/Guarantor involved in litigation issues, or other factors which might affect its repayment ability, or guarantors were found default in other contracts with Party B, or devaluation, dismiss or damage of collaterals which might cause the value of the collaterals slaked or losses, Party B reserves the right to request Party A and Party A has the obligation to add or replace the guarantor.

 

Clause 10 Statement and Commitment

1.       Party A’s statement:

1)       Party A is legally register and exist with full capacity for civil rights and civil conduct;

2)       Signing and performing the contract is the true will of Party A, Party A has been granted all legal and valid authorizations before signing the contract. The contract does not form a default for other contracts signed and performed by Party A and other legal documents. It is Party A’s responsibility to complete all required approvals, registrations, permits and filings.

3)       All document and information, financial statement, certificates and other materials provided by Party A to Party B are true, complete, accurate and effective.

4)       All the transactions mentioned by Party A for apply specific credit line should be real and not for illegal purposes such as: money laundry.

5)       No hidden events regarding Party A and guarantor’s financial and repayment abilities.

 

 

 

6)       Party A and the loan project reach the national environmental standards, not in the list of the enterprises which have problems of energy consumption and pollution, don’t have the risk of energy consumption and pollution.

2.       Party A’s commitment:

1)       Party A shall submit the financial statements and other relevant information regularly, including but not limited to annual, quarterly and monthly financial reports.

2)       Any counter-guarantee agreement between the guarantors and Party A will not affect the Party B’s underlying rights under this contract.

3)       Cooperated in Party B’s exam and inspection on the utilization of the loan as well as Party A’s financials and operations.

4)       Under circumstances Party A or Guarantor’s capability of performing the contract might be affected, Party A should notify Party B in written in time. Those circumstances included but not limited to merger, division, decrease of capital, equity transfer, investment, a substantial increase of debt financing, a major asset and credit assignment.

Party A should notify Party B in time, when the following things occurred:

A. changes of articles of association, the scope of business, registered capital and legal representative of Party A or Guarantor.

B. Any form of management mode change, including joint operation, invest and cooperate with foreigners, contract management, reorganization, restructuring, listing plan.

C. Party A is involved in major litigation or arbitration, or property or collateral is seized, detained or regulated, or set new guarantee in collateral.

D. Out of business, dissolution, liquidation, suspend business for rectification, cancellation, revocation of the business license or (be) filed for bankruptcy.

E. Shareholders, directors and senior management personnel suspected of serious cases or economic disputes.

F. Default events in other contracts.

G. Operating difficulties and financial situation has deteriorated.

(5) The repayment to Party B prior to shareholders, and is comparable to other creditors of the same kind debts.

Party A is prohibited to repay the loan to shareholders before paying off the principal and interests under the contract.

(6) If Party A fails to pay principal, interests and fees on time in the fiscal year, any form of dividends is forbidden.

(7) Party A cannot dispose of assets to reduce its debt paying ability and promises the total amount of external guarantee is not 1 time higher than its net assets, and the total amount of external guarantee and the amount of single guarantee shall not exceed the limitation set by the articles of association.

(8) Except the use agreed in this contract or agreed by Party B, Party A is prohibited to transfer the loans to other accounts or related accounts.

Party A should provide documentary proof when the loan is transferred to other accounts or related accounts.

(9) Party B has the right to call the loan advanced according to the situation of capital return of Party A.

Clause 11 disclosure of the affiliated transaction inside Party A 's group

Party A is a Group customer confirmed by Party B according to the "Commercial Bank Group guidelines for customer credit risk management business"(hereinafter referred to as “guideline”). During the credit period, Party A shall promptly report to Party B about more than 10% of net assets associated with the transaction, including but not limited to: the parties to the transaction of the association; trading program and nature of the transaction; the amount of the transaction or the corresponding ratio; pricing policies (including no amount or only nominal amounts of transactions).

 

 

 

Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to unilaterally decide to suspend the unused loan and recover part or all of the principal and interest of the loan in advance: use the false contracts which are signed with affiliated parties to discount or pledge at bank and to obtain bank funds or credit with notes receivable and accounts receivable without actual trade background; the occurrence of major mergers, acquisitions and reorganization which are considered by Party B may affect the loan safety; evasion or discarding of bank debts on purpose through affiliated transactions; other circumstances stipulated in article eighteenth of "guidelines".

 

Clause 12 Breach of Covenants

Each of the following events and issues constitute Party A in the event of default under the contract:

1.       Party A did not perform the repayment obligation under this contract;

2.       Party A has not used the credit funds according to agreed purposes, or has not paid the loan by agreed way in this contract;

3.       Party A’s statements in this contract are untrue or in violation with commitments made by Party A in this contract.

4.       Under the circumstance defined in 2.(4) of Clause 10, Party A refused to provide additional guarantee or replacement of a new guarantor.

5.       Deterioration of credit, or profitability, debt paying ability, operating ability, cash flow and other financial indicators of Party A deteriorate, breaking the contract index constraint agreed or other financial covenants.

6.       Party A breaches other contracts signed with Party B or other affiliated institutions of Bank of China.

7.       Guarantors breach contracts, or have default events with Party B or other affiliated institutions of Bank of China.

8.       The termination of business or dissolution, revocation or bankruptcy of Party A.

9.       Party A is or may be involved in major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its assets were seized, detained or enforced, or investigated or punished by the judicial organ or taxation, industry and commerce administrative organs in accordance with the law, has been or may affect its ability to fulfill the obligations under this contract.

10.     Abnormal change, missing, legal restriction of personal liberty and investigation by judicial authorities of Party A’s major individual investors, key management personnel, which have been or may affect Party A to fulfill the obligations under this contract.

11.     Party B finds the problems which may affect the borrower or guarantor's financial situation and performance capabilities when reviewing Party A’s financial condition and performance capabilities every year (every year from the effective date of the contract);

12.     Party A cannot provide materials to Party B to explain large and abnormal capital inflow and outflow in the account.

13.     Party A is in violation with other rights and obligations agreed in this contract.

 

 

 

When any of the above situations occurred, Party B will perform the following in separate or all at the same time according to the specific situation:

1)       Require Party A or Guarantor to rectify defaults within a definite time.

2)       Reduce completely or partly, pause or terminate Party A’s Credit limit.

3)       Pause or terminate completely or partly Party A’s business applications in this contract or in other contracts between Party A and Party B specific credit line under this contract. Pause or terminate completely or partly, or cancel or stop offering, paying and settling the unissued loans and unsettled trade financing.

4)       Announce the immediate expiration on all or part of the outstanding loans, principle and interest of trade financing and other accounts payable under this contract or other contracts between Party A and Party B.

5)       Terminate or release this contract, terminate or release contracts between Party A and Party B completely or partly.

6)       Require compensation from Party A on the losses caused by Party A to Party B.

7)       Deduct the fund from Party A’s deposit accounts to pay off the debts to Party B under this contract. All the undue funds in the accounts were considered as acceleration of maturity. If the currency in deposit account is different from the currency of Party B’s loans, the exchange rate on the date of the hold in custody will be applied.

8)       Real rights of pledge will be executed.

9)       Require Guarantors assume liability of guaranty.

10)     Other necessary or probable procedures on Party B’s concern.

 

Clause 13 Rights reserved

One party does not perform part or all of the rights under this contract, nor does not require the other party to perform, undertake part or all of the obligations and responsibilities, which does not mean the abdication of the right or exemption of the obligation and responsibility.

Any tolerance, extension or delay from one party to another party for exercising of rights under this contract does not affect the rights one party enjoys according to this contract and laws and regulations, and does not mean the abdication of the right.

 

Clause 14 Changes, Modification, Termination

Upon negotiation and agreed by both parties, this contract can be changed and modified by written. Any of the changes and modifications should form the inseparable part of this contract.

 

Unless otherwise provided for in any law or regulation or stipulated between the parties, this contract would not be terminated prior to all the rights and obligations are fulfilled.

 

Unless otherwise provided for in any law or regulation or stipulated between the parties, the invalidation of single terms under this contract should not affect the validation of other terms under this contract.

 

Clause 15 Applicable Law and Resolution for Dispute

1. This contract is applicable to the laws of People’s Republic of China.

During the performance of this contract or in connection with all disputes relating to this contract, the two parties settled through friendly consultations. If negotiation cannot reach agreement, both parties can apply to the local people's court of Party A or other affiliated institutions of Bank of China.

 

 

 

Clause 16 Attachments

The Appendix hereof and the other appendix confirmed by both parties shall form an integral part of this contract, and shall be of legally equal effect with this contract.

1.       Withdrawal application;

 

Clause 17 Other terms and conditions

1.       Without Party B’s written approval, Party A is not allowed to transfer the rights and obligations under this contract to the 3rd Parties.

2.       Party A should give the consent that Party B might somehow authorize other affiliated institution of Bank of China to perform the obligation. The performing party entitles all the rights and obligations under this contract, the performing party reserves the rights to appeal a resolution of dispute if necessary.

3.       The contract has equivalent restrictions to the successors or inherits of both parties.

4.       Unless otherwise agreed, the domicile addresses stated in this contract are for corresponding use; both parties should notify each other in writing about any changes of its domicile addresses.

5.       The transactions under the contract based on independent interests. According to relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, other parties of the transaction constitutes a connected party or associated persons, any party shall not seek to use this relationship to affect the fair of transaction.

6.       The title and name of business in this contract is only for business purposes, will not be used for interpretation of the contract terms, the rights and obligations.

7.       In accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations, supervision, Party B has the right to provide the information of this contract and other relevant information to the credit system of the people's Bank of China and other legally established credit information database, for organizations or individuals who have the appropriate qualifications to query and use.

8.       If the drawdown date or the repayment date is in legal holidays, then it is delayed to the first working day after the holidays.

9.       If required by the governing institutions, Party B might not be able to perform the obligations agreed in this contract, Party B has the right to stop or change the contract or its clauses, and Party B is exempted from punishment under this circumstance.

 

Clause 18 Effective of the contract

This contract enters into force upon the date when it is signed or sealed and affixed with official seals by the legal representatives or entrusted agents of Party A and Party B.

 

This contract is signed in quadruplicate, each party holds two copies, which have the equal legal effect.

 

/s/ [Stamp of Party A]  
Signature  
   
/s/ [Stamp of Party B]  
Signature  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

C13001 Bank of Beijing

 

Contract No.: [0528336]

 

Comprehensive Credit Contract

 

(Applicable to Single Customer Comprehensive Credit)

 

Trustee: Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited

 

Creditor Grantor: Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

 

Date of Concluding the Contract: January 22, 2019

 

 

 

Table of Conditions of Comprehensive Credit Contract

 

Trustee: Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited

Business license number/ uniform social credit code:**

Legal representative/ person in charge: PAN Dangyu

Contact: SUN Xun

Correspondence address:**

 

Creditor grantor (hereinafter referred to as “Bank of Beijing”): Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

Legal representative/ person in charge: QU Ruiguang

Correspondence address: First Floor, Bank of Beijing Plaza, China Resources MixC T5, No. 9668, Shennan Avenue, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

Postal code: 518040 Tel.: 0755-23957000 Fax: 0755-23957009

 

The trustee and Bank of Beijing (hereinafter collectively referred to as “both parties”) hereby conclude this contract through equality, voluntariness and consensus in the domicile of Bank of Beijing on the date of concluding the contract recorded in the cover page of the contract on the basis of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws and regulations in accordance with the following contract conditions and the Basic Terms and Conditions of Comprehensive Credit Contract.

 

A. Maximum credit limit (when the amount in words is inconsistent with the amount in numbers, the amount in words shall prevail, same below):

 

The total amount is marked by RMB, which is (in words) fifty million Yuan only, (in numbers) 50,000,000 Yuan;

 

B. Limit distribution of specific business (the total balance of the limit actually used in each business shall not exceed the maximum credit line):

 

(1) This foreign currency loan limit is converted to RMB (in words) fifty million Yuan only in total. The loan term of each loan shall be no more than 12 months. The term of withdrawal is [12] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is revolving limit.

 

(2) The foreign currency (currency) XXX loan limit is converted to RMB (in words) XXX. The loan term of each loan shall be no more than XXX months. The term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit;

 

(3) The RMB discount limit is RMB (in words) XXX. The term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit;

 

(4) The import and export documentary limit is converted to RMB (in words) XXX. The term stipulated for each business shall be no more than XXX months. The term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit;

 

(5) The RMB draft acceptance limit is RMB (in words) XXX. The term of each draft acceptance shall be no more than 12 months. The term of withdrawal is [12] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is revolving limit; the ratio of deposit shall not be less than 30%;

 

(6) The import I/C opening limit is converted to RMB (in words) XXX. If it is usance I/C, the payment term stipulated in each I/C shall be no more than XXX months; the term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit; the ratio of deposit shall not be less than XXX%;

 

 

 

 

(7) The domestic I/C opening limit is converted to RMB (in words) XXX. If it is usance I/C, the payment term stipulated in each I/C shall be no more than XXX months; the term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit; the ratio of deposit shall not be less than XXX%;

 

(8) The L/G limit is converted to RMB (in words) XXX; the validity term of each L/G stipulated shall be no more than XXX months; the term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit; the ratio of deposit shall not be less than XXX%;

 

(9) The corporate account overdraft limit is converted to RMB (in words) XXX; the term of overdraft of each corporate account shall be no more than XXX months; the term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit;

 

(10) The factoring limit is converted to RMB (in words) XXX; the term of each factoring shall be no more than XXX months; the term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit;

 

(11) The bond underwriting limit is converted to RMB (in words) XXX; the term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit;

 

(12) The external guarantee limit is converted to RMB (in words) XXX; the term of each external guarantee limit shall be no more than XXX months; the term of withdrawal is [XXX] months from the day of concluding the contract. The limit is XXX revolving limit; the ratio of deposit shall not be less than XXX%.

 

(13) Other: ______________________________________________________

 

C. Prior business included in the limit hereunder:

 

The business hereunder which has occurred but has not been settled occupies the credit limit hereunder. However, the rights and obligations of the business shall be executed in accordance with this contract (unless specially stipulated herein):

 

(1) The contract called XXX with the number of [XXX] concluded by and between XXX and the trustee;

 

(2) The contract called XXX with the number of [XXX] concluded by and between XXX and the trustee;

 

(3) Other: _________________________________________________

 

G. Credit purpose:

 

Meet the trustee’s business need of normal operation in accordance with laws and regulations.

 

M. Guarantee (the details are subject to the guarantee document):

 

Warranty guarantee, name of warranty: Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Company Limited, Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Highpower Technology Company, Limited, and PAN Dangyu.

 

U. Annex (the following annex is an integral part of this contract):

 

XXX

 

 

 

W. Enforcement notarization:

 

No enforcement notarization is required for this contract.

 

X. Special agreements:

 

1. The trustee confirms the address of delivery of the documents involved in this contract/ agreement and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs to this contract/ agreement and legal consequences as follows: (1) it confirms that its valid address of delivery is the address specified in the front of this contract/ agreement. (2) The address of delivery is applicable to the delivery of all kinds of documents during non-litigation and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs, including but not limited to the delivery in the civil supervision procedure and civil litigation procedure (first trial, second trial, re-trial and execution procedure). (3) If the address of delivery needs to be changed, it shall notify Bank of Beijing by mailing thirty working days in advance; if change is notified according to the method specified, the address of delivery changed shall prevail. If the obligation to notify fails to be fulfilled, the original address of delivery shall be still the valid address of delivery. In the event that the legal instruments fail to be actually received as the address of delivery it provides or confirms is not accurate, Bank of Beijing and the court have not been notified after the address of delivery is changed or it or the receiver it designates refuses to sign up, if they are delivered by mailing, the day of returning the instruments shall be deemed as the day of delivery; if they are delivered directly, the day on which the process server indicates the condition on the receipt of delivery shall be deemed as the day of delivery. (4) Whereas it has confirmed the address of delivery, the court may directly deliver by mailing upon delivery. Even if it fails to receive the relevant documents or legal instruments delivered by the court by mailing, it shall be deemed as delivery. (5) After a dispute enters the civil supervision procedure or civil litigation procedure, if it responds to the litigation and directly submits the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery to the court, and if the address of delivery confirmed is changed, the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery that it submits to the court shall prevail.

 

2. This contract/ agreement is concluded by the parties in Futian District, Shenzhen City. All disputes under this contract/ agreement and related to it shall be first settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails to work, it shall be submitted to the people’s court with jurisdiction in the place of concluding this contract/ agreement for settlement through litigation.

 

Y. The trustee hereby confirms: Bank of Beijing has reminded it of paying attention to the terms and conditions concerning liability or right limitation and has made full interpretation and explanation on this contract. Revision and supplementation (if any) reached by both parties has been indicated in the special agreement column or supplementary agreement; after fully reviewing and negotiating and discussing with Bank of Beijing, the trustee comprehensively understands and agrees all contents of this contract including the table of contract conditions, basic terms and conditions and annexes hereto, and has no doubt or objection.

 

Z. Both parties sign as follows:

 

Trustee (seal): Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited (sealed) Bank of Beijing (seal): Special Seal for Credit Business Contract of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (sealed)
Legal representative Person in charge or
Or authorized representative: PAN Dangyu(signature) Authorized representative:

QU Ruiguang (signature)

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Credit Contract Basic Terms

 

1.Definition and Interpretation

 

1.1 In this contract, unless otherwise specified, the following words have the following meanings.

This contract: refers to the overall constituted by all the following documents: comprehensive credit contract condition table (the main text is Clauses A to Z), comprehensive credit contract basic terms, the attachments listed in Clause U hereof, and other effective documents to determine the rights and obligations under this contract in accordance with the law (including but not limited to the supplementary agreement, commitment, etc.); however, the terms and conditions of the contract shall be specified in the corresponding terms and conditions in the contract condition table and basic terms if there is no special explanation.

 

Credit limit: refers to the bank credit fund or principal amount supported by bank credit that Bank of Beijing undertakes to grant or actually grants to the credit grantee in accordance with the terms and conditions of this contract.

 

Withdrawal period: also known as the period of validity of the limit, means that the credit grantee may apply to Bank of Beijing for the term of the relevant limit.

 

Limit withdrawal day: refers to the date when the credit grantee begins to take up the limit, such as withdrawal date, acceptance day, opening date for loan business, acceptance of bill of exchange, opening of letter of guarantee/letter of credit respectively.

 

Limit occupancy period: Refers to the period from the conclusion date of the contract to the validity period expiration date or the date when all credit limit (if any) used by the credit grantee and relevant funds and expenses are liquidated (the later shall prevail).

 

Specific business: refers to the loan, trade financing, discount, guarantee letter, letter of credit, draft acceptance and other specific credit granting business of Bank of Beijing to the credit grantor under this contract.

 

Specific business contracts: refer to the legal documents that the credit grantor concludes with Bank of Beijing in order to use the limit under this contract and which constitute contract relationship between the credit grantor and Bank of Beijing under specific business according to law (no matter what its name is), including but not limited to, written, electronic data or other effective forms of business contract, agreement, commitment, business documents, etc.

 

Guarantee document: refers to any guarantee contract, guarantee clause, guaranty letter, etc., which is set up and signed or agreed by the guarantor.

 

Third party: in the terms of this contract, the third party means any person or organization other than the parties hereto.

 

Laws and regulations: refer to the laws, administrative regulations and judicial interpretations of the supreme people's court in the mainland of the People's Republic of China except Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan.

 

Financial rules and regulations: refer to the rules, regulations and orders of the banking regulator, the People's Bank of China and the foreign exchange control department.

 

Working day: refers to any day when the commercial banks in the city where Bank of Beijing is located deal with general corporate business to the external, not including statutory holidays, Saturday and Sunday, but including Saturday and Sunday when the public should work as temporarily stipulated by the government.

 

1.2 Under any document under this contract or made on the basis of this contract, unless otherwise specified in this document, the words which have been defined in the contract still have the same meaning.

 

 

 

2.Credit Limit

 

2.1 Refer to Clause A hereof for the maximum credit limit; refer to Clause B hereof for the limit distribution of the specific business, the withdrawal period and the limit type. Without the consent of Bank of Beijing, all kinds of business limits shall not be used for adjustment. Unless otherwise agreed, the unsettled business incurred by the credit grantee in the system of Bank of Beijing occupies the limit of corresponding business herein, which is specifically referred to in Clause C of this contract. Bank of Beijing may arrange or designate other branches of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. to handle the specific business under this contract. The above mentioned institutions shall be regarded as the credit grantors of the contract under this contract when handling the business.

 

2.2 In case that any of the following circumstances occurs, Bank of Beijing can appropriately adjust all or part of limits under this contract which are not yet used or shorten the period of validity: (i) the credit grantee or its guarantor defaults under this contract, the specific business contract or guarantee document; (ii) a significant adverse change occurs to the financial or operational status of the recipient; or (iii) the country or the financial regulator adjusts the credit policy or other related policies, major financial risks occur or lurk in the region where the credit grantee is located, and material adverse changes occur in the market related to the operation of the credit grantee. Bank of Beijing rationally thinks that it has a significant effect on the performance of this contract; or (iv) other circumstances stipulated in this contract, specific business contract or warranty document.

 

2.3 Refer to Clause B hereof for the limit type. If it is recyclable limit, from the time when the relevant debts have been totally paid off to the expiration date of the withdrawal period, the credit grantee can apply for reuse as per the agreed conditions hereof within the usable limit. The recyclable time within the validity period of limit is limitless; if it is unrecyclable limit, reuse shall not be applied after the credit grantee applies.

 

3.Use of credit limit

 

3.1 If the expiration date of the validity period (withdrawal period) of the limit is not working day, the last working day before this day shall prevail. During the withdrawal period, maximum credit limit and specific credit limit, the credit grantee may submit an application to Bank of Beijing, the specific business contract should be entered into during the withdrawal period after approval and it may actually use according to the contract; when the withdrawal period expires, the unspent limit by the credit grantee is automatically cancelled.

 

3.2 Unless the credit grantee and Bank of Beijing agree to change at the appointed time, the credit grantee shall handle according to the following procedures and requirements whenever using the credit limit: (1) the credit grantee shall submit the application to Bank of Beijing in advance, explain the types of credits and amount to be applied, purpose, proposed date of use and fill other necessary contents under this contract and submit the documents required by the business system of Bank of Beijing; (2) Bank of Beijing shall review the application based on the business management system implemented at the appointed time and credit review requirements and the contract; (3) if Bank of Beijing agrees after examination, the parties shall enter into the specific business contract and handle the business procedures as agreed upon, while reducing the credit limit available under this contract; if Bank of Beijing does not agree after the examination, the credit grantee shall be informed.

 

3.3 Whenever the credit grantee requires using the credit limit, unless the following conditions are met (except the condition which Bank of Beijing decides to give up), Bank of Beijing has no obligation to agree it to use the credit limit:

 

(1)       The guarantee document of the guarantee referred to in Clause M hereof has been entered into and duly handled delivery, registration and other procedures;

 

 

 

(2)       Margin money has been deposited into Bank of Beijing as per the margin proportion required in Clause B hereof when bank acceptance, letter of guarantee, letter of credit and other business have been handled, pledged to Bank of Beijing as guarantee under this contract and specific business contracts;

 

(3)       The credit grantee has signed specific business contract with Bank of Beijing and met the conditions required in this contract and specific business contracts. Enough limits available shall be reserved herein;

 

(4)       The credit grantee has no default event under this contract or specific business contracts; the guarantor has no default event under the guarantee document;

 

(5)       The effective laws and regulations and financial rules, national credit policies have no significant adverse influence on the performance of the contract by any party of the specific business contract and do not prohibit or restrict the handling of relevant business;

 

(6)       Other conditions agreed in this contract or specific business contracts, specified in laws, regulations and financial rules.

 

3.4 The currency, amount, term, interest rate and rate, repayment and other matters of specific business shall be subject to the agreements in specific business contracts. Unless Bank of Beijing and the credit grantee implement corresponding revision on this contract by a written supplementary agreement, the business term agreed in the specific business contracts shall not be over the term specified in Clause B hereof except the automatic extension agreed in the specific business contracts or the term extension due to force majeure.

 

3.5 The limit amount that each specific business occupies shall be calculated as per the credit fund principal amount and credit support nominal principal amount provided by Bank of Beijing. The limit occupancy amount of foreign currency business shall be converted as per the initial foreign exchange selling price published by Bank of Beijing on the limit withdrawal date. This clause is only set for limit statistics, which shall not be deemed as restriction of the credit grantee’s debt range or the guarantor’s guarantee range. The debt of the credit grantee under each specific business for Bank of Beijing shall be determined based on the specific business contract and other terms of this contract.

 

3.6 The credit grantee guarantees to use the limit for the purpose agreed in Clause G hereof and the specific business contracts, guarantees that the aforesaid purpose will not violate the stipulations in the laws and regulations and financial rules, promises not to use the limit in the project or business in which commercial bank fund / credit is prohibited to use as specified in the laws, regulations or financial rules. If the credit grantee needs to change the limit purpose, it shall obtain the written consent of Bank of Beijing.

 

3.7 In order to timely repay the relevant amounts payable, the credit grantee shall open and maintain the relevant account (in case of alternation of account number, it shall be applicable continuously after alternation) at Bank of Beijing. Bank of Beijing may automatically deduct the mature payable amounts of the credit grantee from the account opened by the credit grantee at the system of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. and notify the credit grantee by the statement of account or other form.

 

3.8 Unless there is assured and full contrary evidence, the bank bookkeeping document generated in Bank of Beijing is valid evidence for business occurrence and debt repayment under this contract.

 

4.Commitment and Promise

 

4.1 Both parties hereby undertake and guarantee to each other respectively: (1) this party possesses the qualification and ability to conclude and perform this contract; the personage who represents this party to sign this contract has obtained full authorization and has the right to represent this party to conclude this contract; (2) this party’s conclusion and performance of this contract do not violate the articles of association and other organizational documents, laws and regulations and financial rules and other legal documents which shall be abided by, and any necessary internal and external authorization, permission, filing and other procedures have been obtained to ensure that this contract has legal binding force on this party and may enforce according to law.

 

 

 

4.2 The creditor grantee promises and guarantees to perform the following obligations during the occupancy period:

 

(1)       The credit grantee has always been the legal entity established according to law and continuing as a going concern and will complete annual inspection and other legal procedures on time; the credit grantee will completely provide Bank of Beijing with the financial and operational status of the credit grantee and other important information related to this contract and the specific business contracts before signing this contract and each application to use the limit is proposed;

 

(2)       The production and management of the credit grantee are legitimate, abide by the environmental protection requirement specified in laws and regulations, tax payment stipulation and other stipulations; necessary approval and permission documents are timely, legally and validly obtained;

 

(3)       The credit grantee accepts and actively cooperates Bank of Beijing’s examination and supervision on the credit grantee’s financial status, operation status and the limit use status under this contract, including but not limited to: (i) reasonably explain the execution of each specific business under this contract and provide relevant certificates and prove that the contract is in conformity with the contract as per the requirements of Bank of Beijing, and (ii) provide Bank of Beijing with the audited intact financial statements (including notes) of the previous year and the audit report before the end of Apr. and provide Bank of Beijing with the duplicates of the balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement and other financial statements as at the end of the last quarter in the first month of every quarter (if there is audited semi-annual or quarterly financial statement, the audited complete statement and audit report shall be provided);

 

(4)       All application materials, financial statements and other information provided by the credit grantee to Bank of Beijing are true, complete, legal and valid. There is no fraud, major omission or major misdirection;

 

(5)       The credit grantee shall not withdraw registered capital, fabricate transactions to collect bank funds or credit, escape from debts by transfer of assets, have associated transaction that seriously damages its repayment ability or money laundering and other improper transactions;

 

(6)       The credit grantee shall provide the guarantee agreed in Clause M hereof to Bank of Beijing at least before the first use of the limit. Refer to the guarantee document for details. The credit grantee undertakes to maintain the pledge rate and mortgage rate under the guarantee document within the agreed scope of the guarantee document (if any); the credit grantee promises to fully understand and agree to and accept the terms and contents of the relevant guarantee document, guarantee that all guarantee provided to Bank of Beijing based on the guarantee document are legal and valid and can be enforced in accordance with the law.

 

5.Taxes and Dues

 

The credit grantee and Bank of Beijing shall bear the stamp duty under this contract which shall be paid by them respectively. The taxes and administrative fees, etc. levied by the government or the institution that exerts administrative functions (except the taxes and dues which shall be borne by Bank of Beijing voluntarily) and notarization expense (if any), guarantee expense (if any) shall be borne by the credit grantee.

 

6.Breach of Contract and Remedy Right

 

6.1 When any or several circumstances occur, default event of the credit grantee shall be constituted:

 

 

 

(1)       The credit grantee fails to use the credit limit as per the agreements in this contract or specific business contracts, or fails to pay interest, principal or other funds payable on time in full amount, or fails to timely pay fully on time, causing that Bank of Beijing pays in advance;

 

(2)       The credit grantee fails to (or affirmatively shows or shows that it won’t with behavior) totally and duly perform the commitments, guarantee, obligations or responsibilities under this contract or specific business contracts;

 

(3)       The guarantor fails to totally and duly perform the commitments, guarantee, obligations or responsibilities under this contract or specific business contracts, or has other default event under the guarantee document, or the collateral / pledge (if any) is damaged, lost, the ownership is shifted, closed/ frozen / detained or compulsorily executed, or the guarantee document or any guarantee right of Bank of Beijing is regarded as invalid, revoked or dissolved without the written consent of Bank of Beijing;

 

(4)       Any significant credit finance, guarantee, compensation or other repayment liability of the credit grantee can’t be performed when mature; or the operation license of the main business or significant business is suspended or canceled, or business suspension and rectification / takeover / dissolution / declaration of bankruptcy, etc. are entered;

 

(5)       The financial or operational status of the credit grantee has significant and adverse change, or has bad credit record, or involves in the dispute or administrative punishment, etc. that has significant adverse influence on its repayment ability or the performance of this contract and specific business contracts, or has other situation that has serious adverse influence on the creditor’s right or guarantee right of Bank of Beijing.

 

6.2 In case that the credit grantee has the default event under this contract or specific business contracts, Bank of Beijing shall be entitled to exert default remedy right based on the contract agreement or/ and laws, regulations, financial rules, including but not limited to adjusting the credit limit and validity period, requiring correcting breach of contract, collecting penalty interest, exert guarantee right and lien according to law, announcing that all or partial debts under this contract and specific business contracts are mature at once, collecting by announcement, requiring compensation for loss and requiring repaying the expenses incurred by Bank of Beijing to realize the creditor’s right and guarantee right (including but not limited to litigation/ arbitration expense, appraisal / authentication / auction and other disposal expenses, attorney expense, expense for investigation, travel fee and other reasonable expenses), etc.

 

6.3 When the payment currency withdrawn by Bank of Beijing to exert rights is different from the unpaid fund currency by the credit grantee, the creditor’s rights of Bank of Beijing are liquidated after the exchange rate of the applicable bank sold debt currency and the purchased returned money currency published by Bank of Beijing is exchanged. The exchange rate loss and exchange expense incurred shall be borne by the credit grantee. The credit grantee shall be obligated to cooperate with handling the exchange procedure.

 

6.4 The creditor’s rights of the funds taken back by Bank of Beijing to exert rights are paid off as per the following order: (1) expense to realize the creditor’s right and guarantee right and other expenses which shall be borne by the borrower, (2) damage compensation, indemnity and liquidated damage, (3) default interest, (4) interest, (5) principal, (6) other amounts payable; but Bank of Beijing may alternate the aforesaid liquidation order. If the credit grantee has many mature funds repayable, the repayment order determined by Bank of Beijing shall prevail.

 

6.5 In case that one party suffers force majeure and this party provides the certificate of the competent authority to the other party within 5 working days after the force majeure occurs, the corresponding default responsibility of this party may be exempted according to law. However, in order to avoid doubts, both parties confirm that the corresponding liability for breach of contract of the credit grantee may be exempted according to law after the force majeure occurs but still have the obligation to repay the used limit principal, interest and the expense to realize the creditor’s right and guarantee right.

 

 

 

 

7.Applicable Laws and Dispute Settlement

 

7.1 This contract is applicable for the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China; all disputes arising from and in connection with this contract shall be solved through friendly negotiation; if the negotiation fails, it shall be submitted to the people’s court at the place where Bank of Beijing for resolution.

 

7.2 In case that there is affirmative written agreement in the specific business contract, guarantee document on the applicable laws and dispute settlement, it shall be executed as per this agreement. In case that there is no written agreement or the written agreement is unclear or the agreement is invalid / revoked according to law, it is applicable for the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China and shall be filed to the people’s court at the place where Bank of Beijing is located for resolution.

 

8.Supplementary Rules

 

8.1 When the special agreement in Clause X hereof is inconsistent with other clauses in the text hereof, the special agreement in this clause shall prevail; the attachments listed in Clause U hereof constitute the component hereof. Unless there is affirmative written agreement in the text or attachment hereof, the text hereof shall prevail when the attachment is inconsistent with the text hereof. Each specific business contract and this contract constitute a complete contract, except as otherwise provided for in this contract situation; when the specific business contract is inconsistent with the contract, the specific business contract shall prevail; the matters which are not agreed in the specific business contracts shall be executed as per the agreements hereof.

 

8.2 The notice or document sent by any party under this contract: (i) the day of receipt of the notified party or its receiving agent is delivery date if it is handed over in person or by commission; (ii) the 3rd day after the mail is posted if it is posted by express or registered mail in the same city (including urban and suburban) is delivery date, (iii) the 7th day after it is mailed if it is mailed by other method is delivery date; when the delivery date determined in accordance with the aforesaid stipulations is inconsistent with the date when the notified party actually receives or officially signs in, the earliest date shall prevail. However, Bank of Beijing requires that the documents delivered by the credit grantee face to face shall be delivered by the special person appointed by the credit grantee to the operator authorized by Bank of Beijing. Either party shall notify the opposite party in time if it alternates the contact info; otherwise, the opposite party shall be entitled to deem the contact info before alternation as valid.

 

8.3 Bank of Beijing can provide the information related to this contract and specific business contracts to the credit system and information base approved by the government department.

 

8.4 Unless otherwise agreed hereof, either party shall have the confidentiality obligation before the aforesaid information losses confidentiality, shall not publicly disclose and shall not disclose the commercial secret which is obtained by the party during the conclusion and performance of this contract and belongs to the other party and other unpublished information that the other party requires keeping confidential to any third party without the written permission of the other party. However, if one party discloses in accordance with the stipulations in relevant laws and regulations and the requirements of the competent authority or the listed exchange, or reasonably discloses to auditor, financial consultant, legal consultant or other intermediary institution of this party (this party shall require the aforesaid institutions and personage to bear confidentiality obligation), it is not deemed as breach of the confidentiality obligation.

 

 

 

8.5 The effect of this contract is independent from any guarantee document, specific business contract and any contract/ agreement / commitment and is not affected by the validity and enforceability of the aforesaid documents. When any article or content of this contract is revoked according to law or affirmed as invalid, the effect of other articles and contents are not affected and still valid. When one party breaches the contract, the other party’s nonperformance of the corresponding remedy right shall not be deemed as waiver of right or permission of default.

 

8.6 This contract is entered into by the credit grantee and Bank of Beijing on the conclusion date of the contract and comes into effect after it signed by the legal representative / principal / authorized representative of both parties and with the unit seal affixed (or the special seal for contract recognized by the document with the official seal affixed). The original of this contract is in triplicate (the originals in the corresponding number shall be signed if notarization is needed or guarantee registration and other procedures need to be handled) with Bank of Beijing holding two copies and the credit grantee holding one copy. Each original has the equal effect. If there is a guarantor, the credit grantee shall be responsible for providing the guarantee with the duplicate of this contract; however, if the credit grantee fails to provide, the creditor’s right and guarantee right of Bank of Beijing will not be adversely influenced.

 

(No text below)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2(a)

 

C12989 Bank of Beijing

Contract No.: [0528366_003]

 

Maximum Warranty Contract

(Applicable to a Unit Customer’s Provision of Maximum Warranty Guarantee)

 

Warrantor:    Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Company Limited

Creditor:    Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

Date of Concluding the Contract:   January 22, 2019

 

 

 

Table of Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract

 

Warrantor: Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Company Limited

Business license number/ uniform social credit code:**

Legal representative/ person in charge: PAN Dangyu

Correspondence address: **

Contact: Hu xianglin

 

Creditor (hereinafter referred to as “Bank of Beijing”): Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

Legal representative/ person in charge: QU Ruiguang

 

Correspondence address: First Floor, Bank of Beijing Plaza, China Resources MixC T5, No. 9668, Shennan Avenue, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

The warrantor and Bank of Beijing (hereinafter collectively referred to as “both parties”) hereby conclude this contract through equality, voluntariness and consensus in the domicile of Bank of Beijing on the date of concluding this contract recorded in the cover page of this contract on the basis of the Guarantee Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws and regulations in accordance with the following contract conditions and the Basic Terms and Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract for mutual compliance.

 

A. Principal debtor:

 

Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited

 

B. Guaranteed master contract:

 

B.1 The guaranteed master contract is the Comprehensive Credit Contract (including this contract and its valid revision and supplementation) with the number of 0528366 as entered into by and between Bank of Beijing (and other branch institutions in the system of Bank of Beijing which obtain the status of creditor according to the agreements hereof, as credit grantor) and the principal debtor, and all specific business contracts concluded under this creditor contract.

 

B.2 The guaranteed creditor’s rights (scope of guarantee) hereunder is all creditor’s rights of Bank of Beijing (and other branch institutions in the system of Bank of Beijing which obtain the status of creditor according to the agreements hereof) under the master contract, including the principal creditor’s right capital (the maximum limit is (currency) RMB (amount in words) fifty million Yuan only) and interests, penalty interests, liquidated damages, damage compensation, expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests and other funds.

 

B.3 The period of occurrence of the guaranteed principal creditor’s right (creditor’s right determination period) is the period under the credit contract as stated in paragraph B.1 hereof when the specific business may occur, namely, Jan. 22, 2019 to Jan. 21, 2020 (the details are subject to the master contract).

 

B.4 The debt fulfillment period under the master contract is from the date of concluding the master contract (or the date on which the specific business under the master contract occurs; the earlier shall prevail) to the due date of the abovementioned credit contract and the specific business contract, subject to the master contract.

 

 

 

K. Key financial indicator commitment of warrantor:

 

(a) The ratio of the visible net assets (paid capital plus capital reserve) and the total liabilities shall be no more than [XXX%];

(b) The minimum net assets shall be no less than RMB (in words) [XXX];

(c) The total amount of annual pre-tax profit shall be no less than RMB (in words) [XXX];

(d) The ratio (i.e. current ratio) of current assets and current liabilities shall be no less than [XXX%];

(e) The ratio of pre-tax profits and interest expenses shall be no less than [XXX%].

 

U. Annex (the following annex is an integral part of this contract):

 

XXX.

 

W. Enforcement notarization:

 

No enforcement notarization is required for this contract.

 

X. Special agreements:

 

1. The warrantor confirms the address of delivery of the documents involved in this contract/ agreement and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs to this contract/ agreement and legal consequences as follows: (1) it confirms that its valid address of delivery is the address specified in the front of this contract/ agreement. (2) The address of delivery is applicable to the delivery of all kinds of documents during non-litigation and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs, including but not limited to the delivery in the civil supervision procedure and civil litigation procedure (first trial, second trial, re-trial and execution procedure). (3) If the address of delivery needs to be changed, it shall notify Bank of Beijing by mailing thirty working days in advance; if change is notified according to the method specified, the address of delivery changed shall prevail. If the obligation to notify fails to be fulfilled, the original address of delivery shall be still the valid address of delivery. In the event that the legal instruments fail to be actually received as the address of delivery it provides or confirms is not accurate, Bank of Beijing and the court have not been notified after the address of delivery is changed or it or the receiver it designates refuses to sign up, if they are delivered by mailing, the day of returning the instruments shall be deemed as the day of delivery; if they are delivered directly, the day on which the process server indicates the condition on the receipt of delivery shall be deemed as the day of delivery. (4) Whereas it has confirmed the address of delivery, the court may directly deliver by mailing upon delivery. Even if it fails to receive the relevant documents or legal instruments delivered by the court by mailing, it shall be deemed as delivery. (5) After a dispute enters the civil supervision procedure or civil litigation procedure, if it responds to the litigation and directly submits the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery to the court, and if the address of delivery confirmed is changed, the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery that it submits to the court shall prevail.

 

2. This contract/ agreement is concluded by the parties in Futian District, Shenzhen City. All disputes under this contract/ agreement and related to it shall be first settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails to work, it shall be submitted to the people’s court with jurisdiction in the place of concluding this contract/ agreement for settlement through litigation.

 

 

 

Y. The warrantor hereby confirms:

 

1.Bank of Beijing has reminded it of paying attention to the terms and conditions concerning liability or right limitation and has made full interpretation and explanation on this contract. Revision and supplementation (if any) reached by both parties has been indicated in the special agreement column or supplementary agreement; after fully reviewing and negotiating and discussing with Bank of Beijing, the warrantor comprehensively understands and agrees all contents of this contract including the table of contract conditions, basic terms and conditions and annexes hereto, and has no doubt or objection.

 

2. The warrantor has been clearly aware of the specific business category, amount of creditor’s right, debt fulfillment term and scope of guarantee under the master contract which it guarantees. The warrantor hereby irrevocably promises and warrants that as long as the date of conclusion of the specific business contract under the comprehensive credit contract or the date of handling the specific business (such as the date of acceptance of a bill of exchange, opening date of L/C, opening date of SLC and opening date of L/G) is within the occurrence period of the guaranteed principal creditor’s right specified herein, all creditor’s rights of Bank of Beijing under the aforesaid specific business shall be included in the scope of guarantee hereof, and the warrantor agrees to assume the liability of guarantee according to the agreements hereof.

 

Z. Both parties sign as follows:

 

Warrantor (seal): Bank of Beijing (seal): Special Seal for Credit Business Contract of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (sealed)
Legal representative Person in charge or
Or authorized representative: PAN Dangyu(signature) Authorized representative: QU Ruiguang (signature)

 

 

 

Basic Terms and Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract

 

1.       Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 In this contract, unless otherwise clearly specified, the following words have the following meanings:

This contract: refers to the entity jointly constituted by the following documents: table of conditions of warranty contract (the main text is paragraphs A-Z), basic terms and conditions of warranty contract, other contract annexes listed in paragraph U hereof and other documents effectively determining the rights and obligations of both parties hereunder according to law (including but not limited to the supplementary agreement, letter of commitment, etc.); however, specially refers to the corresponding terms and conditions in the table of contract conditions and basic terms and conditions if there is no different instruction when the terms and conditions hereof are quoted.

 

Laws and regulations: refer to the laws, administrative regulations and judiciary interpretation of the supreme people’s court applicable in the mainland of China except Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

 

Financial rules: refer to the rules, regulations and orders of the bank industry supervisory agency, the People’s Bank of China and foreign exchange management department.

 

Working day: refers to any day on which the commercial bank in the city where Bank of Beijing is located handles general corporate business, excluding statutory holidays and Saturday, Sunday, but including Saturday and Sunday when the government temporarily stipulates that the pubic shall work.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise clearly instructed herein or in any document made on the basis of this contract, the words already defined in this contract shall have the same meaning in the document.

 

2.       Main Content of Warranty Guarantee

 

2.1 The warrantor provides joint and several liability warranty guarantee to Bank of Beijing for the principal debtor listed in paragraph A hereof (namely the debtor under the master contract). Refer to paragraph B hereof for the guaranteed master contract and its debt fulfillment term, scope of guarantee and occurrence period of principal creditor’s right. In order to avoid any doubt, both parties confirm that the stipulation of the occurrence period of the principal creditor’s right is to include the specific business related to the scope of guarantee hereof, does not limit the occurrence and calculation of the guaranteed creditor’s rights including interests and expenses under the creditor’s right which has occurred. When the business under the master contract is handled by other branch agencies in the system of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd., such branch agency shall obtain the corresponding guarantee right and interest within the scope of guarantee specified herein.

 

2.2 What’s provided by the warrantor to Bank of Beijing hereunder is independent joint and several liability warranty guarantee; even if there is other guarantee (including other arrangement similar to guarantee) under the master contract, the warrantor still directly assumes joint and several warranty liability first in order to Bank of Beijing with respect to the debt within the scope of guarantee specified herein. The scope of its liability shall not be exempted due to the existence, increase or decrease, revocation or validity of other guarantee nor shall it be exempted due to Bank of Beijing’s waiver or change of the rights or order under other guarantee; the warrantor does not fulfill its warranty liability at the premise that Bank of Beijing proposes right claim, file a lawsuit/ apply for arbitration or apply for/ carry out enforcement to the principal debtor, other guarantor or/and guaranty.

 

 

 

2.3 The warranty period hereunder is two years from the day of expiration (including expiration of the term specified and advance expiration in accordance with the agreement or the provisions in laws and regulations, same below) of the fulfillment term of the guaranteed debt under the master contract. If the guaranteed debt shall be fulfilled by installment, Bank of Beijing not only has the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for the fulfillment of the debt in this period within two years from the day of expiration of the fulfillment term of each period of debt but also has the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for all debts within the scope of guarantee within two years from the day of expiration of the fulfillment term of any period of debt after this period under the master contract as well as the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for all debts which have been announced by Bank of Beijing to expire in advance within the scope of its guarantee within two years from the day of announcing to expire in advance in accordance with the agreement of the master contract or the provisions in laws and regulations on account that this period of debt is overdue.

 

3.       Change of Master Contract

 

3.1 Except that the principal debtor and Bank of Beijing agree to extend the validity of the limit of the credit contract in the master contract (excluding corresponding extension of the day of expiration incurred by delay of the start day of the term and extension incurred due to rest days or holidays), agree to increase the maximum credit limit under the credit contract or the maximum capital limit guaranteed herein (except increase incurred by change of exchange rate on the basis of paragraph 3.2 hereof) and agree to change the specific business category of the usable credit limit guaranteed (excluding adjustment of the limit already allowed under the master contract), any change of the master contract does not require the consent of the warrantor or notice, and the warrantor shall continue providing warranty guarantee for the changed master contract; the warrantor is entitled to know the change and execution of the master contract from the principal debtor and Bank of Beijing by a written notice. When the master contract which has the aforesaid exception conditions is changed, unless the warrantor’s consent on such change is obtained, the warrantor is entitled to refuse to bear warranty liability for the debt increased from the change and still bear warranty liability according to this contract and in comparison with the changed master contract not according to the exception conditions.

 

3.2 In the event that the marked currency of the scope of guarantee is different from the business currency of the master contract, Bank of Beijing does not bear exchange rate risks, namely, the amount of debt increased due to change of exchange rate after the occurrence of the business within the scope of guarantee is deemed as natural increase within the scope of guarantee under this contract.

 

4.       Commitment and Warranty

 

The warrantor promises to fulfill and warrants fulfilling the following obligations before the fulfillment of this contract:

 

(1) The warrantor has the qualification and capacity to conclude and fulfill this contract. The personage signing this contract on behalf of the warrantor has obtained full authorization and has the right to conclude this contract on behalf of the warrantor;

 

(2) The warrantor’s conclusion and fulfillment of this contract do not violate its articles of association and other organizational documents, laws and regulations and financial rules and other legal documents which it shall abide by, and has obtained any necessary internal and external authorization, license, recording and other formalities, to ensure that this contract has legal binding force on it and may be enforced according to law;

 

(3) The warrantor shall be always a legal entity legally set up and continuously operating and will promptly duly handle annual inspection and other legal formalities. In terms of the financial and business status of the warrantor and other important information related to this contract, the warrantor will promptly and completely provide to Bank of Beijing;

 

 

 

(4) There is association relationship or dispute between the warrantor and the principal debtor, which has influence on the validity or revocability of this contract. In case of aforesaid matter, the warrantor has faithfully and completely explained to the Bank of Beijing in written form, and the warrantor has adopted effective measures to ensure this contract and the warranty guarantee under this contract legal and valid;

 

(5) The warrantor has fully known the content of the master contract, voluntarily provides guarantee for the principal debtor and assumes joint and several warranty liability for the payment and other obligations of the principal debtor under the master contract;

 

(6) Accept and actively cooperate with Bank of Beijing’s examination and supervision on its financial status and business status, including but not limited to providing Bank of Beijing with its audited complete financial statement of last year and its audit report before the end of Apr. every year, providing the duplicates of balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement and other financial statements of the end of last quarter in the first month of each quarter (if there is an audited half-year or quarterly financial statement, the audited complete statement and its audit report shall be provided);

 

(7) The financial statements and other data information provided to Bank of Beijing are true, complete, legal and valid. There is no fraud, major omission or major misleading;

 

(8) If the warrantor merges, divides, reduces registered capital, applies for stoppage of business for rectification/ takes over/ dissolves/ or conducts other matters affecting the existence or continuous existence of the entity of warrantor, it shall notify Bank of Beijing in written form at least 30 days in advance and obtain the written consent of Bank of Beijing; if a third party applies for/ or the administrative /judiciary agency orders the warrantors to stop business for rectification/ take over/ dissolve/ be bankrupt, or suspends or cancels the business license for the warrantor’s main business or major business, the warrantor shall notify Bank of Beijing in written notice as soon as possible (no later than 3 working days) after it is aware of it and promptly adopt measures to remedy;

 

(9) When the warrantor changes industrial and commercial registration matters, top ten substantial shareholders, directors, financial director or contact address, it shall notify Bank of Beijing in written notice as soon as possible (no later than 5 working days);

 

(10) In the event that the warrantor provides guarantee for a third party (or debt burden and other similar arrangements with the effect of guarantee) or reaches partnership/ contracting of operation, waiver of major creditor’s rights, acquisition and restructuring, main business transfer or similar major transactions that may reduce the warrantor’s solvency with a third party, it shall obtain the written consent of Bank of Beijing except that the aforesaid matter does not have major bad influence on the warrantor’s capacity to fulfill this contract and the total amount of the aforesaid major transaction or total guarantee amount does not exceed 30% of the total assets of the warrantor nor exceed 50% of its net assets;

 

(11) The warrantor shall promptly notify Bank of Beijing of the condition of the associated transaction whose total amount reaches or exceeds 10% of its net assets (the associated party and the associated transaction are affirmed on the basis of Chinese accounting code or international accounting code applicable to the warrantor according to law), including: the association relationship between the transaction parties, transaction project and transaction property, transaction amount or corresponding ratio, pricing policy (including the transaction without amount or only with symbolic amount), etc., and the warrantor shall not have illegal transactions such as withdrawing registered capital, fabricating transaction in order to extract bank funds or credit, avoiding debts by transferring assets or other forms, associated transactions that seriously damage its solvency or money-laundering, etc.;

 

 

 

(12) Always abide by the commitments under paragraph K hereof and keep the relevant financial indicators (calculated in accordance with Chinese accounting code or international accounting code applicable to the warrantor according to law) in the scope specified;

 

(13) The post-tax net profit in the accounting year is zero or negative, or the post-tax net profit is insufficient to make up for the accumulative loss in previous accounting years; not distribute dividends and bonuses to shareholders by any form;

 

(14) Urge the principal debtor to promptly, completely and properly fulfill the master contract. Once knowing that the principal debtor breaches the master contract, the warrantor shall try its best to adopt remedy measures and notify Bank of Beijing without delay;

 

(15) When Bank of Beijing proposes the requirement for representing liquidating debts or fulfilling other liabilities specified herein or stipulated in laws and regulations to the warrantor on the basis of this contract, the warrantor shall immediately (or within the term specially specified herein) fulfill the liabilities.

 

5.       Taxes and Dues

 

The warrantor and Bank of Beijing shall assume the stamp duty which they shall pay under this contract. Taxes and administrative fees (except the taxes and dues which shall be borne by Bank of Beijing itself according to law) levied by the government or the agency which exercises the administrative function and power and notarization fees (if any) shall be borne by the warrantor.

 

6.       Default and Remedy Right

 

6.1 When any one or several circumstances as follows occur, it shall constitute the warrantor’s default event:

 

(1) The warrantor fails (or clearly indicates or indicates by behavior that it will not) completely and properly fulfill its commitments, warranties, obligations or liabilities under this contract;

 

(2) Any major credit financing, guarantee, compensation or other solvency liability of the warrantor cannot be fulfilled when due, or the business license of the warrantor’s main business or major business is suspended or canceled, or the warrantor enters stoppage of business for rectification/ is taken over, dissolves, announces to be bankrupt or enters other procedures;

 

(3) The warrantor’s financial or business status has major bad changes, or the warrantor has bad credit records, or involves in a dispute or administrative punishment that has major bad influence on its solvency or its fulfillment of this contract, or has other conditions that has serious bad influence on Bank of Beijing’s creditor’s rights or guarantee rights and interests.

 

6.2 The principal debtor fails to fully repay the debts under the master contract on schedule or has default events under the master contract, Bank of Beijing is entitled to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for the debts under the master contract within the scope of its guarantee. When the warrantor has the default events under this contract, Bank of Beijing has the right to exercise the default remedy right in accordance with the agreement hereof or/ and the provisions in laws, regulations and financial rules, including but not limited to correcting default, calculating and collecting penalty interests by floating up 50% (if there is no contract interest rate, by five-ten thousandths per day) from the contract interest rate applicable under the master contract, exercising guarantee rights and interests and the right of detention according to law, announcing that all debts or some debts under the master contract are immediately due, collecting by announcement, requiring compensation of loss and requiring repaying the expenses incurred by Bank of Beijing in order to realize the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests (including but not limited to litigation/ arbitration fees, appraisal/ authentication/ auction and other disposal fees, attorney’s fee, investigation and evidence collection fee, travel expense and other reasonable expenses), etc.

 

 

 

6.3 In the event that the warrantor’s debts hereunder shall be fulfilled upon expiration, Bank of Beijing is entitled to voluntarily deduct the expiring fund payable by the warrantor from the account opened by the warrantor in the system of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. at any time and notify the warrantor by a statement of account or other forms after deduction.

 

6.4 When the fund taken back by Bank of Beijing through exercise of right is different from the currency of the creditor’s right, it shall liquidate the creditor’s right of Bank of Beijing after conversion according to the exchange price of the currency of the creditor’s right sold out by the bank as published by Bank of Beijing and the currency of the receivable purchased. The exchange rate loss and currency exchange expense incurred therefrom shall be assumed by the warrantor. The warrantor is obligated to cooperate to handling the currency exchange formality.

 

6.5 The fund taken back by Bank of Beijing through exercise of right liquidates its creditor’s rights according to the following order: (1) the expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests and other expenses which shall be assumed by the warrantor, (2) damage compensation, indemnity and liquidated damages, (3) penalty interests, (4) interests, (5) capital, (6) other payables; but Bank of Beijing may change the aforesaid liquidation order. In the event that the warrantor has several expiring funds repayable, the repayment order determined by Bank of Beijing shall prevail.

 

6.6 In the event that one party suffers from force majeure and this party provides the certificate issued by the competent agency within 5 working days after the force majeure occurs, the corresponding liability for default of this party may be exempted according to law. But in order to avoid doubts, both parties confirm that the warrantor may be exempted for the corresponding liability for default but still has the obligation to fulfill the repayment liability within the scope of guarantee.

 

7.       Applicable Law and Dispute Settlement

 

This contract is applicable to the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China; all disputes under this contract and related to it shall be first settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails to work, they shall be submitted to the people’s court in the place where Bank of Beijing is located for settlement through litigation.

 

8.       Supplementary Provisions

 

8.1 When the special agreements in paragraph X hereof is inconsistent with the other terms and conditions of the text of this contract, the special agreements of this paragraph shall prevail; the annexes listed in paragraph U hereof constitute an integral part of this contract; unless otherwise stipulated in written form in the text or annex of this contract, the text of this contract shall prevail where there is inconsistency between the annex and the text of this contract.

 

8.2 Notices or documents sent by any party hereunder: (i) if they are submitted in person or through entrustment, the date on which the notified party or its receiving agent signs up is the date of delivery; (ii) if they are posted by express or registered mail in the same city (including downtown or suburb), the 3rd day after sending the mail is the date of delivery; (iii) if they are sent by other mailing forms, the 7th day after sending is the date of delivery; when the date of delivery determined in accordance with the aforesaid provisions is inconsistent with the date of actually receipt of the notified party or the formal signup date, the earliest date shall prevail. Where either party changes its contact information, it shall notify the other party promptly in written form. Otherwise, the other party still has the right to deem the contact information before change as valid.

 

 

 

8.3 Bank of Beijing may provide the information related to this contract to the credit system and information library established with the approval of the government competent department.

 

8.4 Unless otherwise stipulated herein, either party has the confidentiality obligation for the business secrets belonging to the other party which it acquires in the conclusion and fulfillment course of this contract and other nonpublic information which the other party clearly requires keeping confidential before the aforesaid information loses confidentiality, shall not openly disclose and shall not disclose to any third party without the other party’s written permission; however, if one party discloses in accordance with the provisions in laws and regulations or the requirements of the competent organ or its listed exchange, or reasonably discloses to the auditor, financial counselor, legal counselor or other intermediary agencies for the purpose of this contract (this party shall require the aforesaid agencies and personage to assume the confidentiality obligation), it is not deemed as violation of the confidentiality obligation.

 

8.5 The validity of this contract is independent from the master contract, other guarantee under the master contract and any contract/ agreement/ commitment, free from the impact of the validity and operability of the aforesaid documents. When any term or content of this contract is revoked according to law or affirmed as invalid, the validity of the other terms and contents will not be affected and they shall still be valid. In the event that when one party breaches the contact, the other party does not exercise the corresponding remedy right, it shall not be deemed as waiver of right or permission of breach of contract.

 

8.6 This contract is concluded by the warrantor and Bank of Beijing on the date of concluding the contract in the place where Bank of Beijing is located and shall enter into force after the legal representative/ person in charge/ authorized representative of both parties sign and affix the unit official seal (or the special seal for contract recognized in the document with the official seal affixed). The original of this contract is made in triplicate (if notarization and other formalities are required, the corresponding copies of original shall be signed) with Bank of Beijing holding two copies and the warrant or holding one copy. Each original has the same force.

(No text below)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2(b)

 

C12989 Bank of Beijing

Contract No.: [0528366_002]

 

Maximum Warranty Contract

(Applicable to a Unit Customer’s Provision of Maximum Warranty Guarantee)

 

Warrantor: HUIZHOU HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

Creditor: Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

Date of Concluding the Contract: January 22, 2019

 

 

 

Table of Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract

 

Warrantor: HUIZHOU HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

Business license number/ uniform social credit code: **

Legal representative/ person in charge: PAN Dangyu

Correspondence address: ** 

Contact: SUN Xun

 

Creditor (hereinafter referred to as “Bank of Beijing”): Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

 

Legal representative/ person in charge: QU Ruiguang

 

Correspondence address: First Floor, Bank of Beijing Plaza, China ResourcesMixC T5, No. 9668, Shennan Avenue, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

Postal code: 518040 Tel.: 0755-23957000 Fax: 0755-23957009

 

The warrantor and Bank of Beijing (hereinafter collectively referred to as “both parties”) hereby conclude this contract through equality, voluntariness and consensus in the domicile of Bank of Beijing on the date of concluding this contract recorded in the cover page of this contract on the basis of the Guarantee Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws and regulations in accordance with the following contract conditions and the Basic Terms and Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract for mutual compliance.

 

A. Principal debtor:

 

Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited

 

B. Guaranteed master contract:

 

B.1 The guaranteed master contract is the Comprehensive Credit Contract (including this contract and its valid revision and supplementation) with the number of 0528366 as entered into by and between Bank of Beijing (and other branch institutions in the system of Bank of Beijing which obtain the status of creditor according to the agreements hereof, as credit grantor) and the principal debtor, and all specific business contracts concluded under this creditor contract.

 

B.2 The guaranteed creditor’s rights (scope of guarantee) hereunder is all creditor’s rights of Bank of Beijing (and other branch institutions in the system of Bank of Beijing which obtain the status of creditor according to the agreements hereof) under the master contract, including the principal creditor’s right capital (the maximum limit is (currency) RMB (amount in words) fifty million Yuan only) and interests, penalty interests, liquidated damages, damage compensation, expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests and other funds.

 

B.3 The period of occurrence of the guaranteed principal creditor’s right (creditor’s right determination period) is the period under the credit contract as stated in paragraph B.1 hereof when the specific business may occur, namely, Jan. 22, 2019 to Jan. 21, 2020 (the details are subject to the master contract).

 

B.4 The debt fulfillment period under the master contract is from the date of concluding the master contract (or the date on which the specific business under the master contract occurs; the earlier shall prevail) to the due date of the abovementioned credit contract and the specific business contract, subject to the master contract.

 

 

 

 

K. Key financial indicator commitment of warrantor:

 

(a) The ratio of the visible net assets (paid capital plus capital reserve) and the total liabilities shall be no more than [XXX%];

(b) The minimum net assets shall be no less than RMB (in words) [XXX];

(c) The total amount of annual pre-tax profit shall be no less than RMB (in words) [XXX];

(d) The ratio (i.e. current ratio) of current assets and current liabilities shall be no less than [XXX%];

(e) The ratio of pre-tax profits and interest expenses shall be no less than [XXX%].

 

U. Annex (the following annex is an integral part of this contract):

 

XXX.

 

W. Enforcement notarization:

 

No enforcement notarization is required for this contract.

 

X. Special agreements:

 

1. The warrantor confirms the address of delivery of the documents involved in this contract/ agreement and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs to this contract/ agreement and legal consequences as follows: (1) it confirms that its valid address of delivery is the address specified in the front of this contract/ agreement. (2) The address of delivery is applicable to the delivery of all kinds of documents during non-litigation and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs, including but not limited to the delivery in the civil supervision procedure and civil litigation procedure (first trial, second trial, re-trial and execution procedure). (3) If the address of delivery needs to be changed, it shall notify Bank of Beijing by mailing thirty working days in advance; if change is notified according to the method specified, the address of delivery changed shall prevail. If the obligation to notify fails to be fulfilled, the original address of delivery shall be still the valid address of delivery. In the event that the legal instruments fail to be actually received as the address of delivery it provides or confirms is not accurate, Bank of Beijing and the court have not been notified after the address of delivery is changed or it or the receiver it designates refuses to sign up, if they are delivered by mailing, the day of returning the instruments shall be deemed as the day of delivery; if they are delivered directly, the day on which the process server indicates the condition on the receipt of delivery shall be deemed as the day of delivery. (4) Whereas it has confirmed the address of delivery, the court may directly deliver by mailing upon delivery. Even if it fails to receive the relevant documents or legal instruments delivered by the court by mailing, it shall be deemed as delivery. (5) After a dispute enters the civil supervision procedure or civil litigation procedure, if it responds to the litigation and directly submits the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery to the court, and if the address of delivery confirmed is changed, the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery that it submits to the court shall prevail.

 

2. This contract/ agreement is concluded by the parties in Futian District, Shenzhen City. All disputes under this contract/ agreement and related to it shall be first settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails to work, it shall be submitted to the people’s court with jurisdiction in the place of concluding this contract/ agreement for settlement through litigation.

 

 

 

 

Y. The warrantor hereby confirms:

 

1.Bank of Beijing has reminded it of paying attention to the terms and conditions concerning liability or right limitation and has made full interpretation and explanation on this contract. Revision and supplementation (if any) reached by both parties has been indicated in thespecial agreement column or supplementary agreement; after fully reviewing and negotiating and discussing with Bank of Beijing, the warrantor comprehensively understands and agrees all contents of this contract including the table of contract conditions, basic terms and conditions and annexes hereto, and has no doubt or objection.

 

2. The warrantor has been clearly aware of the specific business category, amount of creditor’s right, debt fulfillment term and scope of guarantee under the master contract which it guarantees. The warrantor hereby irrevocably promises and warrants that as long as the date of conclusion of the specific business contract under the comprehensive credit contract or the date of handling the specific business (such as the date of acceptance of a bill of exchange, opening date of L/C, opening date of SLC and opening date of L/G) is within the occurrence period of the guaranteed principal creditor’s right specified herein, all creditor’s rights of Bank of Beijing under the aforesaid specific business shall be included in the scope of guarantee hereof, and the warrantor agrees to assume the liability of guarantee according to the agreements hereof.

 

Z. Both parties sign as follows:

Warrantor (seal): Bank of Beijing (seal): Special Seal for Credit Business Contract of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (sealed)
Legal representative Person in charge or
Or authorized representative: PAN Dangyu(signature) Authorized representative: QU Ruiguang (signature)

 

 

 

Basic Terms and Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract

 

1.       Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 In this contract, unless otherwise clearly specified, the following words have the following meanings:

This contract: refers to the entity jointly constituted by the following documents: table of conditions of warranty contract (the main text is paragraphs A-Z), basic terms and conditions of warranty contract, other contract annexes listed in paragraph U hereof and other documents effectively determining the rights and obligations of both parties hereunder according to law (including but not limited to the supplementary agreement, letter of commitment, etc.); however, specially refers to the corresponding terms and conditions in the table of contract conditions and basic terms and conditions if there is no different instruction when the terms and conditions hereof are quoted.

 

Laws and regulations: refer to the laws, administrative regulations and judiciary interpretation of the supreme people’s court applicable in the mainland of China except Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

 

Financial rules: refer to the rules, regulations and orders of the bank industry supervisory agency, the People’s Bank of China and foreign exchange management department.

 

Working day: refers to any day on which the commercial bank in the city where Bank of Beijing is located handles general corporate business, excluding statutory holidays and Saturday, Sunday, but including Saturday and Sunday when the government temporarily stipulates that the pubic shall work.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise clearly instructed herein or in any document made on the basis of this contract, the words already defined in this contract shall have the same meaning in the document.

 

2.       Main Content of Warranty Guarantee

 

2.1 The warrantor provides joint and several liability warranty guarantee to Bank of Beijing for the principal debtor listed in paragraph A hereof (namely the debtor under the master contract). Refer to paragraph B hereof for the guaranteed master contract and its debt fulfillment term, scope of guarantee and occurrence period of principal creditor’s right. In order to avoid any doubt, both parties confirm that the stipulation of the occurrence period of the principal creditor’s right is to include the specific business related to the scope of guarantee hereof, does not limit the occurrence and calculation of the guaranteed creditor’s rights including interests and expenses under the creditor’s right which has occurred. When the business under the master contract is handled by other branch agencies in the system of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd., such branch agency shall obtain the corresponding guarantee right and interest within the scope of guarantee specified herein.

 

2.2 What’s provided by the warrantor to Bank of Beijing hereunder is independent joint and several liability warranty guarantee; even if there is other guarantee (including other arrangement similar to guarantee) under the master contract, the warrantor still directly assumes joint and several warranty liability first in order to Bank of Beijing with respect to the debt within the scope of guarantee specified herein. The scope of its liability shall not be exempted due to the existence, increase or decrease, revocation or validity of other guarantee nor shall it be exempted due to Bank of Beijing’s waiver or change of the rights or order under other guarantee; the warrantor does not fulfill its warranty liability at the premise that Bank of Beijing proposes right claim, file a lawsuit/ apply for arbitration or apply for/ carry out enforcement to the principal debtor, other guarantor or/and guaranty.

 

 

 

2.3 The warranty period hereunder is two years from the day of expiration (including expiration of the term specified and advance expiration in accordance with the agreement or the provisions in laws and regulations, same below) of the fulfillment term of the guaranteed debt under the master contract. If the guaranteed debt shall be fulfilled by installment, Bank of Beijing not only has the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for the fulfillment of the debt in this period within two years from the day of expiration of the fulfillment term of each period of debt but also has the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for all debts within the scope of guarantee within two years from the day of expiration of the fulfillment term of any period of debt after this period under the master contract as well as the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for all debts which have been announced by Bank of Beijing to expire in advance within the scope of its guarantee within two years from the day of announcing to expire in advance in accordance with the agreement of the master contract or the provisions in laws and regulations on account that this period of debt is overdue.

 

3.       Change of Master Contract

 

3.1 Except that the principal debtor and Bank of Beijing agree to extend the validity of the limit of the credit contract in the master contract (excluding corresponding extension of the day of expiration incurred by delay of the start day of the term and extension incurred due to rest days or holidays), agree to increase the maximum credit limit under the credit contract or the maximum capital limit guaranteed herein (except increase incurred by change of exchange rate on the basis of paragraph 3.2 hereof) and agree to change the specific business category of the usable credit limit guaranteed (excluding adjustment of the limit already allowed under the master contract), any change of the master contract does not require the consent of the warrantor or notice, and the warrantor shall continue providing warranty guarantee for the changed master contract; the warrantor is entitled to know the change and execution of the master contract from the principal debtor and Bank of Beijing by a written notice. When the master contract which has the aforesaid exception conditions is changed, unless the warrantor’s consent on such change is obtained, the warrantor is entitled to refuse to bear warranty liability for the debt increased from the change and still bear warranty liability according to this contract and in comparison with the changed master contract not according to the exception conditions.

 

3.2 In the event that the marked currency of the scope of guarantee is different from the business currency of the master contract, Bank of Beijing does not bear exchange rate risks, namely, the amount of debt increased due to change of exchange rate after the occurrence of the business within the scope of guarantee is deemed as natural increase within the scope of guarantee under this contract.

 

4.       Commitment and Warranty

 

The warrantor promises to fulfill and warrants fulfilling the following obligations before the fulfillment of this contract:

 

(1) The warrantor has the qualification and capacity to conclude and fulfill this contract. The personage signing this contract on behalf of the warrantor has obtained full authorization and has the right to conclude this contract on behalf of the warrantor;

 

(2) The warrantor’s conclusion and fulfillment of this contract do not violate its articles of association and other organizational documents, laws and regulations and financial rules and other legal documents which it shall abide by, and has obtained any necessary internal and external authorization, license, recording and other formalities, to ensure that this contract has legal binding force on it and may be enforced according to law;

 

(3) The warrantor shall be always a legal entity legally set up and continuously operating and will promptly duly handle annual inspection and other legal formalities. In terms of the financial and business status of the warrantor and other important information related to this contract, the warrantor will promptly and completely provide to Bank of Beijing;

 

 

 

(4) There is association relationship or dispute between the warrantor and the principal debtor, which has influence on the validity or revocability of this contract. In case of aforesaid matter, the warrantor has faithfully and completely explained to the Bank of Beijing in written form, and the warrantor has adopted effective measures to ensure this contract and the warranty guarantee under this contract legal and valid;

 

(5) The warrantor has fully known the content of the master contract, voluntarily provides guarantee for the principal debtor and assumes joint and several warranty liability for the payment and other obligations of the principal debtor under the master contract;

 

(6) Accept and actively cooperate with Bank of Beijing’s examination and supervision on its financial status and business status, including but not limited to providing Bank of Beijing with its audited complete financial statement of last year and its audit report before the end of Apr. every year, providing the duplicates of balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement and other financial statements of the end of last quarter in the first month of each quarter (if there is an audited half-year or quarterly financial statement, the audited complete statement and its audit report shall be provided);

 

(7) The financial statements and other data information provided to Bank of Beijing are true, complete, legal and valid. There is no fraud, major omission or major misleading;

 

(8) If the warrantor merges, divides, reduces registered capital, applies for stoppage of business for rectification/ takes over/ dissolves/ or conducts other matters affecting the existence or continuous existence of the entity of warrantor, it shall notify Bank of Beijing in written form at least 30 days in advance and obtain the written consent of Bank of Beijing; if a third party applies for/ or the administrative /judiciary agency orders the warrantors to stop business for rectification/ take over/ dissolve/ be bankrupt, or suspends or cancels the business license for the warrantor’s main business or major business, the warrantor shall notify Bank of Beijing in written notice as soon as possible (no later than 3 working days) after it is aware of it and promptly adopt measures to remedy;

 

(9) When the warrantor changes industrial and commercial registration matters, top ten substantial shareholders, directors, financial director or contact address, it shall notify Bank of Beijing in written notice as soon as possible (no later than 5 working days);

 

(10) In the event that the warrantor provides guarantee for a third party (or debt burden and other similar arrangements with the effect of guarantee) or reaches partnership/ contracting of operation, waiver of major creditor’s rights, acquisition and restructuring, main business transfer or similar major transactions that may reduce the warrantor’s solvency with a third party, it shall obtain the written consent of Bank of Beijing except that the aforesaid matter does not have major bad influence on the warrantor’s capacity to fulfill this contract and the total amount of the aforesaid major transaction or total guarantee amount does not exceed 30% of the total assets of the warrantor nor exceed 50% of its net assets;

 

(11) The warrantor shall promptly notify Bank of Beijing of the condition of the associated transaction whose total amount reaches or exceeds 10% of its net assets (the associated party and the associated transaction are affirmed on the basis of Chinese accounting code or international accounting code applicable to the warrantor according to law), including: the association relationship between the transaction parties, transaction project and transaction property, transaction amount or corresponding ratio, pricing policy (including the transaction without amount or only with symbolic amount), etc., and the warrantor shall not have illegal transactions such as withdrawing registered capital, fabricating transaction in order to extract bank funds or credit, avoiding debts by transferring assets or other forms, associated transactions that seriously damage its solvency or money-laundering, etc.;

 

 

 

(12) Always abide by the commitments under paragraph K hereof and keep the relevant financial indicators (calculated in accordance with Chinese accounting code or international accounting code applicable to the warrantor according to law) in the scope specified;

 

(13) The post-tax net profit in the accounting year is zero or negative, or the post-tax net profit is insufficient to make up for the accumulative loss in previous accounting years; not distribute dividends and bonuses to shareholders by any form;

 

(14) Urge the principal debtor to promptly, completely and properly fulfill the master contract. Once knowing that the principal debtor breaches the master contract, the warrantor shall try its best to adopt remedy measures and notify Bank of Beijing without delay;

 

(15) When Bank of Beijing proposes the requirement for representing liquidating debts or fulfilling other liabilities specified herein or stipulated in laws and regulations to the warrantor on the basis of this contract, the warrantor shall immediately (or within the term specially specified herein) fulfill the liabilities.

 

5.       Taxes and Dues

 

The warrantor and Bank of Beijing shall assume the stamp duty which they shall pay under this contract. Taxes and administrative fees (except the taxes and dues which shall be borne by Bank of Beijing itself according to law) levied by the government or the agency which exercises the administrative function and power and notarization fees (if any) shall be borne by the warrantor.

 

6.       Default and Remedy Right

 

6.1 When any one or several circumstances as follows occur, it shall constitute the warrantor’s default event:

 

(1) The warrantor fails (or clearly indicates or indicates by behavior that it will not) completely and properly fulfill its commitments, warranties, obligations or liabilities under this contract;

 

(2) Any major credit financing, guarantee, compensation or other solvency liability of the warrantor cannot be fulfilled when due, or the business license of the warrantor’s main business or major business is suspended or canceled, or the warrantor enters stoppage of business for rectification/ is taken over, dissolves, announces to be bankrupt or enters other procedures;

 

(3) The warrantor’s financial or business status has major bad changes, or the warrantor has bad credit records, or involves in a dispute or administrative punishment that has major bad influence on its solvency or its fulfillment of this contract, or has other conditions that has serious bad influence on Bank of Beijing’s creditor’s rights or guarantee rights and interests.

 

6.2 The principal debtor fails to fully repay the debts under the master contract on schedule or has default events under the master contract, Bank of Beijing is entitled to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for the debts under the master contract within the scope of its guarantee. When the warrantor has the default events under this contract, Bank of Beijing has the right to exercise the default remedy right in accordance with the agreement hereof or/ and the provisions in laws, regulations and financial rules, including but not limited to correcting default, calculating and collecting penalty interests by floating up 50% (if there is no contract interest rate, by five-ten thousandths per day) from the contract interest rate applicable under the master contract, exercising guarantee rights and interests and the right of detention according to law, announcing that all debts or some debts under the master contract are immediately due, collecting by announcement, requiring compensation of loss and requiring repaying the expenses incurred by Bank of Beijing in order to realize the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests (including but not limited to litigation/ arbitration fees, appraisal/ authentication/ auction and other disposal fees, attorney’s fee, investigation and evidence collection fee, travel expense and other reasonable expenses), etc.

 

 

 

6.3 In the event that the warrantor’s debts hereunder shall be fulfilled upon expiration, Bank of Beijing is entitled to voluntarily deduct the expiring fund payable by the warrantor from the account opened by the warrantor in the system of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. at any time and notify the warrantor by a statement of account or other forms after deduction.

 

6.4 When the fund taken back by Bank of Beijing through exercise of right is different from the currency of the creditor’s right, it shall liquidate the creditor’s right of Bank of Beijing after conversion according to the exchange price of the currency of the creditor’s right sold out by the bank as published by Bank of Beijing and the currency of the receivable purchased. The exchange rate loss and currency exchange expense incurred therefrom shall be assumed by the warrantor. The warrantor is obligated to cooperate to handling the currency exchange formality.

 

6.5 The fund taken back by Bank of Beijing through exercise of right liquidates its creditor’s rights according to the following order: (1) the expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests and other expenses which shall be assumed by the warrantor, (2) damage compensation, indemnity and liquidated damages, (3) penalty interests, (4) interests, (5) capital, (6) other payables; but Bank of Beijing may change the aforesaid liquidation order. In the event that the warrantor has several expiring funds repayable, the repayment order determined by Bank of Beijing shall prevail.

 

6.6 In the event that one party suffers from force majeure and this party provides the certificate issued by the competent agency within 5 working days after the force majeure occurs, the corresponding liability for default of this party may be exempted according to law. But in order to avoid doubts, both parties confirm that the warrantor may be exempted for the corresponding liability for default but still has the obligation to fulfill the repayment liability within the scope of guarantee.

 

7.       Applicable Law and Dispute Settlement

 

This contract is applicable to the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China; all disputes under this contract and related to it shall be first settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails to work, they shall be submitted to the people’s court in the place where Bank of Beijing is located for settlement through litigation.

 

8.       Supplementary Provisions

 

8.1 When the special agreements in paragraph X hereof is inconsistent with the other terms and conditions of the text of this contract, the special agreements of this paragraph shall prevail; the annexes listed in paragraph U hereof constitute an integral part of this contract; unless otherwise stipulated in written form in the text or annex of this contract, the text of this contract shall prevail where there is inconsistency between the annex and the text of this contract.

 

8.2 Notices or documents sent by any party hereunder: (i) if they are submitted in person or through entrustment, the date on which the notified party or its receiving agent signs up is the date of delivery; (ii) if they are posted by express or registered mail in the same city (including downtown or suburb), the 3rd day after sending the mail is the date of delivery; (iii) if they are sent by other mailing forms, the 7th day after sending is the date of delivery; when the date of delivery determined in accordance with the aforesaid provisions is inconsistent with the date of actually receipt of the notified party or the formal signup date, the earliest date shall prevail. Where either party changes its contact information, it shall notify the other party promptly in written form. Otherwise, the other party still has the right to deem the contact information before change as valid.

 

 

 

8.3 Bank of Beijing may provide the information related to this contract to the credit system and information library established with the approval of the government competent department.

 

8.4 Unless otherwise stipulated herein, either party has the confidentiality obligation for the business secrets belonging to the other party which it acquires in the conclusion and fulfillment course of this contract and other nonpublic information which the other party clearly requires keeping confidential before the aforesaid information loses confidentiality, shall not openly disclose and shall not disclose to any third party without the other party’s written permission; however, if one party discloses in accordance with the provisions in laws and regulations or the requirements of the competent organ or its listed exchange, or reasonably discloses to the auditor, financial counselor, legal counselor or other intermediary agencies for the purpose of this contract (this party shall require the aforesaid agencies and personage to assume the confidentiality obligation), it is not deemed as violation of the confidentiality obligation.

 

8.5 The validity of this contract is independent from the master contract, other guarantee under the master contract and any contract/ agreement/ commitment, free from the impact of the validity and operability of the aforesaid documents. When any term or content of this contract is revoked according to law or affirmed as invalid, the validity of the other terms and contents will not be affected and they shall still be valid. In the event that when one party breaches the contact, the other party does not exercise the corresponding remedy right, it shall not be deemed as waiver of right or permission of breach of contract.

 

8.6 This contract is concluded by the warrantor and Bank of Beijing on the date of concluding the contract in the place where Bank of Beijing is located and shall enter into force after the legal representative/ person in charge/ authorized representative of both parties sign and affix the unit official seal (or the special seal for contract recognized in the document with the official seal affixed). The original of this contract is made in triplicate (if notarization and other formalities are required, the corresponding copies of original shall be signed) with Bank of Beijing holding two copies and the warrant or holding one copy. Each original has the same force.

 

(No text below)

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2(c)

 

C12989 Bank of Beijing

Contract No.: [0528366_001]

 

Maximum Warranty Contract

(Applicable to a Unit Customer’s Provision of Maximum Warranty Guarantee)

 

Warrantor: SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

Creditor: Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

Date of Concluding the Contract: January 22, 2019

 

 

 

Table of Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract

 

Warrantor: SHENZHEN HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

Business license number/ uniform social credit code: **

Legal representative/ person in charge: PAN Dangyu

Correspondence address: **

Contact: SUN Xun

 

Creditor (hereinafter referred to as “Bank of Beijing”): Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

 

Legal representative/ person in charge: QU Ruiguang

 

Correspondence address: First Floor, Bank of Beijing Plaza, China Resources MixC T5, No. 9668, Shennan Avenue, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

Postal code: 518040 Tel.: 0755-23957000 Fax: 0755-23957009

 

The warrantor and Bank of Beijing (hereinafter collectively referred to as “both parties”) hereby conclude this contract through equality, voluntariness and consensus in the domicile of Bank of Beijing on the date of concluding this contract recorded in the cover page of this contract on the basis of the Guarantee Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws and regulations in accordance with the following contract conditions and the Basic Terms and Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract for mutual compliance.

 

A. Principal debtor:

 

Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited

 

B. Guaranteed master contract:

 

B.1 The guaranteed master contract is the Comprehensive Credit Contract (including this contract and its valid revision and supplementation) with the number of 0528366 as entered into by and between Bank of Beijing (and other branch institutions in the system of Bank of Beijing which obtain the status of creditor according to the agreements hereof, as credit grantor) and the principal debtor, and all specific business contracts concluded under this creditor contract.

 

B.2 The guaranteed creditor’s rights (scope of guarantee) hereunder is all creditor’s rights of Bank of Beijing (and other branch institutions in the system of Bank of Beijing which obtain the status of creditor according to the agreements hereof) under the master contract, including the principal creditor’s right capital (the maximum limit is (currency) RMB (amount in words) fifty million Yuan only) and interests, penalty interests, liquidated damages, damage compensation, expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests and other funds.

 

B.3 The period of occurrence of the guaranteed principal creditor’s right (creditor’s right determination period) is the period under the credit contract as stated in paragraph B.1 hereof when the specific business may occur, namely, Jan. 22, 2019 to Jan. 21, 2020 (the details are subject to the master contract).

 

B.4 The debt fulfillment period under the master contract is from the date of concluding the master contract (or the date on which the specific business under the master contract occurs; the earlier shall prevail) to the due date of the abovementioned credit contract and the specific business contract, subject to the master contract.

 

 

 

K. Key financial indicator commitment of warrantor:

 

(a) The ratio of the visible net assets (paid capital plus capital reserve) and the total liabilities shall be no more than [XXX%];

(b) The minimum net assets shall be no less than RMB (in words) [XXX];

(c) The total amount of annual pre-tax profit shall be no less than RMB (in words) [XXX];

(d) The ratio (i.e. current ratio) of current assets and current liabilities shall be no less than [XXX%];

(e) The ratio of pre-tax profits and interest expenses shall be no less than [XXX%].

 

U. Annex (the following annex is an integral part of this contract):

 

XXX.

 

W. Enforcement notarization:

 

No enforcement notarization is required for this contract.

 

X. Special agreements:

 

1. The warrantor confirms the address of delivery of the documents involved in this contract/ agreement and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs to this contract/ agreement and legal consequences as follows: (1) it confirms that its valid address of delivery is the address specified in the front of this contract/ agreement. (2) The address of delivery is applicable to the delivery of all kinds of documents during non-litigation and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs, including but not limited to the delivery in the civil supervision procedure and civil litigation procedure (first trial, second trial, re-trial and execution procedure). (3) If the address of delivery needs to be changed, it shall notify Bank of Beijing by mailing thirty working days in advance; if change is notified according to the method specified, the address of delivery changed shall prevail. If the obligation to notify fails to be fulfilled, the original address of delivery shall be still the valid address of delivery. In the event that the legal instruments fail to be actually received as the address of delivery it provides or confirms is not accurate, Bank of Beijing and the court have not been notified after the address of delivery is changed or it or the receiver it designates refuses to sign up, if they are delivered by mailing, the day of returning the instruments shall be deemed as the day of delivery; if they are delivered directly, the day on which the process server indicates the condition on the receipt of delivery shall be deemed as the day of delivery. (4) Whereas it has confirmed the address of delivery, the court may directly deliver by mailing upon delivery. Even if it fails to receive the relevant documents or legal instruments delivered by the court by mailing, it shall be deemed as delivery. (5) After a dispute enters the civil supervision procedure or civil litigation procedure, if it responds to the litigation and directly submits the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery to the court, and if the address of delivery confirmed is changed, the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery that it submits to the court shall prevail.

 

 

 

2. This contract/ agreement is concluded by the parties in Futian District, Shenzhen City. All disputes under this contract/ agreement and related to it shall be first settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails to work, it shall be submitted to the people’s court with jurisdiction in the place of concluding this contract/ agreement for settlement through litigation.

 

Y. The warrantor hereby confirms:

 

1. Bank of Beijing has reminded it of paying attention to the terms and conditions concerning liability or right limitation and has made full interpretation and explanation on this contract. Revision and supplementation (if any) reached by both parties has been indicated in thespecial agreement column or supplementary agreement; after fully reviewing and negotiating and discussing with Bank of Beijing, the warrantor comprehensively understands and agrees all contents of this contract including the table of contract conditions, basic terms and conditions and annexes hereto, and has no doubt or objection.

 

2. The warrantor has been clearly aware of the specific business category, amount of creditor’s right, debt fulfillment term and scope of guarantee under the master contract which it guarantees. The warrantor hereby irrevocably promises and warrants that as long as the date of conclusion of the specific business contract under the comprehensive credit contract or the date of handling the specific business (such as the date of acceptance of a bill of exchange, opening date of L/C, opening date of SLC and opening date of L/G) is within the occurrence period of the guaranteed principal creditor’s right specified herein, all creditor’s rights of Bank of Beijing under the aforesaid specific business shall be included in the scope of guarantee hereof, and the warrantor agrees to assume the liability of guarantee according to the agreements hereof.

 

Z. Both parties sign as follows:

 

Warrantor (seal): Highpower International Inc.(sealed) Bank of Beijing (seal): Special Seal for Credit Business Contract of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (sealed)
Legal representative Person in charge or
Or authorized representative: PAN Dangyu(signature) Authorized representative: QU Ruiguang (signature)

 

Basic Terms and Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract

 

1.       Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 In this contract, unless otherwise clearly specified, the following words have the following meanings:

 

This contract: refers to the entity jointly constituted by the following documents: table of conditions of warranty contract (the main text is paragraphs A-Z), basic terms and conditions of warranty contract, other contract annexes listed in paragraph U hereof and other documents effectively determining the rights and obligations of both parties hereunder according to law (including but not limited to the supplementary agreement, letter of commitment, etc.); however, specially refers to the corresponding terms and conditions in the table of contract conditions and basic terms and conditions if there is no different instruction when the terms and conditions hereof are quoted.

 

 

 

Laws and regulations: refer to the laws, administrative regulations and judiciary interpretation of the supreme people’s court applicable in the mainland of China except Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

 

Financial rules: refer to the rules, regulations and orders of the bank industry supervisory agency, the People’s Bank of China and foreign exchange management department.

 

Working day: refers to any day on which the commercial bank in the city where Bank of Beijing is located handles general corporate business, excluding statutory holidays and Saturday, Sunday, but including Saturday and Sunday when the government temporarily stipulates that the pubic shall work.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise clearly instructed herein or in any document made on the basis of this contract, the words already defined in this contract shall have the same meaning in the document.

 

2.       Main Content of Warranty Guarantee

 

2.1 The warrantor provides joint and several liability warranty guarantee to Bank of Beijing for the principal debtor listed in paragraph A hereof (namely the debtor under the master contract). Refer to paragraph B hereof for the guaranteed master contract and its debt fulfillment term, scope of guarantee and occurrence period of principal creditor’s right. In order to avoid any doubt, both parties confirm that the stipulation of the occurrence period of the principal creditor’s right is to include the specific business related to the scope of guarantee hereof, does not limit the occurrence and calculation of the guaranteed creditor’s rights including interests and expenses under the creditor’s right which has occurred. When the business under the master contract is handled by other branch agencies in the system of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd., such branch agency shall obtain the corresponding guarantee right and interest within the scope of guarantee specified herein.

 

2.2 What’s provided by the warrantor to Bank of Beijing hereunder is independent joint and several liability warranty guarantee; even if there is other guarantee (including other arrangement similar to guarantee) under the master contract, the warrantor still directly assumes joint and several warranty liability first in order to Bank of Beijing with respect to the debt within the scope of guarantee specified herein. The scope of its liability shall not be exempted due to the existence, increase or decrease, revocation or validity of other guarantee nor shall it be exempted due to Bank of Beijing’s waiver or change of the rights or order under other guarantee; the warrantor does not fulfill its warranty liability at the premise that Bank of Beijing proposes right claim, file a lawsuit/ apply for arbitration or apply for/ carry out enforcement to the principal debtor, other guarantor or/and guaranty.

 

2.3 The warranty period hereunder is two years from the day of expiration (including expiration of the term specified and advance expiration in accordance with the agreement or the provisions in laws and regulations, same below) of the fulfillment term of the guaranteed debt under the master contract. If the guaranteed debt shall be fulfilled by installment, Bank of Beijing not only has the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for the fulfillment of the debt in this period within two years from the day of expiration of the fulfillment term of each period of debt but also has the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for all debts within the scope of guarantee within two years from the day of expiration of the fulfillment term of any period of debt after this period under the master contract as well as the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for all debts which have been announced by Bank of Beijing to expire in advance within the scope of its guarantee within two years from the day of announcing to expire in advance in accordance with the agreement of the master contract or the provisions in laws and regulations on account that this period of debt is overdue.

 

 

 

3.       Change of Master Contract

 

3.1 Except that the principal debtor and Bank of Beijing agree to extend the validity of the limit of the credit contract in the master contract (excluding corresponding extension of the day of expiration incurred by delay of the start day of the term and extension incurred due to rest days or holidays), agree to increase the maximum credit limit under the credit contract or the maximum capital limit guaranteed herein (except increase incurred by change of exchange rate on the basis of paragraph 3.2 hereof) and agree to change the specific business category of the usable credit limit guaranteed (excluding adjustment of the limit already allowed under the master contract), any change of the master contract does not require the consent of the warrantor or notice, and the warrantor shall continue providing warranty guarantee for the changed master contract; the warrantor is entitled to know the change and execution of the master contract from the principal debtor and Bank of Beijing by a written notice. When the master contract which has the aforesaid exception conditions is changed, unless the warrantor’s consent on such change is obtained, the warrantor is entitled to refuse to bear warranty liability for the debt increased from the change and still bear warranty liability according to this contract and in comparison with the changed master contract not according to the exception conditions.

 

3.2 In the event that the marked currency of the scope of guarantee is different from the business currency of the master contract, Bank of Beijing does not bear exchange rate risks, namely, the amount of debt increased due to change of exchange rate after the occurrence of the business within the scope of guarantee is deemed as natural increase within the scope of guarantee under this contract.

 

4.       Commitment and Warranty

 

The warrantor promises to fulfill and warrants fulfilling the following obligations before the fulfillment of this contract:

 

(1) The warrantor has the qualification and capacity to conclude and fulfill this contract. The personage signing this contract on behalf of the warrantor has obtained full authorization and has the right to conclude this contract on behalf of the warrantor;

 

(2) The warrantor’s conclusion and fulfillment of this contract do not violate its articles of association and other organizational documents, laws and regulations and financial rules and other legal documents which it shall abide by, and has obtained any necessary internal and external authorization, license, recording and other formalities, to ensure that this contract has legal binding force on it and may be enforced according to law;

 

(3) The warrantor shall be always a legal entity legally set up and continuously operating and will promptly duly handle annual inspection and other legal formalities. In terms of the financial and business status of the warrantor and other important information related to this contract, the warrantor will promptly and completely provide to Bank of Beijing;

 

(4) There is association relationship or dispute between the warrantor and the principal debtor, which has influence on the validity or revocability of this contract. In case of aforesaid matter, the warrantor has faithfully and completely explained to the Bank of Beijing in written form, and the warrantor has adopted effective measures to ensure this contract and the warranty guarantee under this contract legal and valid;

 

 

 

(5) The warrantor has fully known the content of the master contract, voluntarily provides guarantee for the principal debtor and assumes joint and several warranty liability for the payment and other obligations of the principal debtor under the master contract;

 

(6) Accept and actively cooperate with Bank of Beijing’s examination and supervision on its financial status and business status, including but not limited to providing Bank of Beijing with its audited complete financial statement of last year and its audit report before the end of Apr. every year, providing the duplicates of balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement and other financial statements of the end of last quarter in the first month of each quarter (if there is an audited half-year or quarterly financial statement, the audited complete statement and its audit report shall be provided);

 

(7) The financial statements and other data information provided to Bank of Beijing are true, complete, legal and valid. There is no fraud, major omission or major misleading;

 

(8) If the warrantor merges, divides, reduces registered capital, applies for stoppage of business for rectification/ takes over/ dissolves/ or conducts other matters affecting the existence or continuous existence of the entity of warrantor, it shall notify Bank of Beijing in written form at least 30 days in advance and obtain the written consent of Bank of Beijing; if a third party applies for/ or the administrative /judiciary agency orders the warrantors to stop business for rectification/ take over/ dissolve/ be bankrupt, or suspends or cancels the business license for the warrantor’s main business or major business, the warrantor shall notify Bank of Beijing in written notice as soon as possible (no later than 3 working days) after it is aware of it and promptly adopt measures to remedy;

 

(9) When the warrantor changes industrial and commercial registration matters, top ten substantial shareholders, directors, financial director or contact address, it shall notify Bank of Beijing in written notice as soon as possible (no later than 5 working days);

 

(10) In the event that the warrantor provides guarantee for a third party (or debt burden and other similar arrangements with the effect of guarantee) or reaches partnership/ contracting of operation, waiver of major creditor’s rights, acquisition and restructuring, main business transfer or similar major transactions that may reduce the warrantor’s solvency with a third party, it shall obtain the written consent of Bank of Beijing except that the aforesaid matter does not have major bad influence on the warrantor’s capacity to fulfill this contract and the total amount of the aforesaid major transaction or total guarantee amount does not exceed 30% of the total assets of the warrantor nor exceed 50% of its net assets;

 

(11) The warrantor shall promptly notify Bank of Beijing of the condition of the associated transaction whose total amount reaches or exceeds 10% of its net assets (the associated party and the associated transaction are affirmed on the basis of Chinese accounting code or international accounting code applicable to the warrantor according to law), including: the association relationship between the transaction parties, transaction project and transaction property, transaction amount or corresponding ratio, pricing policy (including the transaction without amount or only with symbolic amount), etc., and the warrantor shall not have illegal transactions such as withdrawing registered capital, fabricating transaction in order to extract bank funds or credit, avoiding debts by transferring assets or other forms, associated transactions that seriously damage its solvency or money-laundering, etc.;

 

(12) Always abide by the commitments under paragraph K hereof and keep the relevant financial indicators (calculated in accordance with Chinese accounting code or international accounting code applicable to the warrantor according to law) in the scope specified;

 

 

 

(13) The post-tax net profit in the accounting year is zero or negative, or the post-tax net profit is insufficient to make up for the accumulative loss in previous accounting years; not distribute dividends and bonuses to shareholders by any form;

 

(14) Urge the principal debtor to promptly, completely and properly fulfill the master contract. Once knowing that the principal debtor breaches the master contract, the warrantor shall try its best to adopt remedy measures and notify Bank of Beijing without delay;

 

(15) When Bank of Beijing proposes the requirement for representing liquidating debts or fulfilling other liabilities specified herein or stipulated in laws and regulations to the warrantor on the basis of this contract, the warrantor shall immediately (or within the term specially specified herein) fulfill the liabilities.

 

5.       Taxes and Dues

 

The warrantor and Bank of Beijing shall assume the stamp duty which they shall pay under this contract. Taxes and administrative fees (except the taxes and dues which shall be borne by Bank of Beijing itself according to law) levied by the government or the agency which exercises the administrative function and power and notarization fees (if any) shall be borne by the warrantor.

 

6.       Default and Remedy Right

 

6.1 When any one or several circumstances as follows occur, it shall constitute the warrantor’s default event:

 

(1) The warrantor fails (or clearly indicates or indicates by behavior that it will not) completely and properly fulfill its commitments, warranties, obligations or liabilities under this contract;

 

(2) Any major credit financing, guarantee, compensation or other solvency liability of the warrantor cannot be fulfilled when due, or the business license of the warrantor’s main business or major business is suspended or canceled, or the warrantor enters stoppage of business for rectification/ is taken over, dissolves, announces to be bankrupt or enters other procedures;

 

(3) The warrantor’s financial or business status has major bad changes, or the warrantor has bad credit records, or involves in a dispute or administrative punishment that has major bad influence on its solvency or its fulfillment of this contract, or has other conditions that has serious bad influence on Bank of Beijing’s creditor’s rights or guarantee rights and interests.

 

6.2 The principal debtor fails to fully repay the debts under the master contract on schedule or has default events under the master contract, Bank of Beijing is entitled to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for the debts under the master contract within the scope of its guarantee. When the warrantor has the default events under this contract, Bank of Beijing has the right to exercise the default remedy right in accordance with the agreement hereof or/ and the provisions in laws, regulations and financial rules, including but not limited to correcting default, calculating and collecting penalty interests by floating up 50% (if there is no contract interest rate, by five-ten thousandths per day) from the contract interest rate applicable under the master contract, exercising guarantee rights and interests and the right of detention according to law, announcing that all debts or some debts under the master contract are immediately due, collecting by announcement, requiring compensation of loss and requiring repaying the expenses incurred by Bank of Beijing in order to realize the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests (including but not limited to litigation/ arbitration fees, appraisal/ authentication/ auction and other disposal fees, attorney’s fee, investigation and evidence collection fee, travel expense and other reasonable expenses), etc.

 

 

 

6.3 In the event that the warrantor’s debts hereunder shall be fulfilled upon expiration, Bank of Beijing is entitled to voluntarily deduct the expiring fund payable by the warrantor from the account opened by the warrantor in the system of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. at any time and notify the warrantor by a statement of account or other forms after deduction.

 

6.4 When the fund taken back by Bank of Beijing through exercise of right is different from the currency of the creditor’s right, it shall liquidate the creditor’s right of Bank of Beijing after conversion according to the exchange price of the currency of the creditor’s right sold out by the bank as published by Bank of Beijing and the currency of the receivable purchased. The exchange rate loss and currency exchange expense incurred therefrom shall be assumed by the warrantor. The warrantor is obligated to cooperate to handling the currency exchange formality.

 

6.5 The fund taken back by Bank of Beijing through exercise of right liquidates its creditor’s rights according to the following order: (1) the expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests and other expenses which shall be assumed by the warrantor, (2) damage compensation, indemnity and liquidated damages, (3) penalty interests, (4) interests, (5) capital, (6) other payables; but Bank of Beijing may change the aforesaid liquidation order. In the event that the warrantor has several expiring funds repayable, the repayment order determined by Bank of Beijing shall prevail.

 

6.6 In the event that one party suffers from force majeure and this party provides the certificate issued by the competent agency within 5 working days after the force majeure occurs, the corresponding liability for default of this party may be exempted according to law. But in order to avoid doubts, both parties confirm that the warrantor may be exempted for the corresponding liability for default but still has the obligation to fulfill the repayment liability within the scope of guarantee.

 

7.       Applicable Law and Dispute Settlement

 

This contract is applicable to the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China; all disputes under this contract and related to it shall be first settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails to work, they shall be submitted to the people’s court in the place where Bank of Beijing is located for settlement through litigation.

 

8.       Supplementary Provisions

 

8.1 When the special agreements in paragraph X hereof is inconsistent with the other terms and conditions of the text of this contract, the special agreements of this paragraph shall prevail; the annexes listed in paragraph U hereof constitute an integral part of this contract; unless otherwise stipulated in written form in the text or annex of this contract, the text of this contract shall prevail where there is inconsistency between the annex and the text of this contract.

 

8.2 Notices or documents sent by any party hereunder: (i) if they are submitted in person or through entrustment, the date on which the notified party or its receiving agent signs up is the date of delivery; (ii) if they are posted by express or registered mail in the same city (including downtown or suburb), the 3rd day after sending the mail is the date of delivery; (iii) if they are sent by other mailing forms, the 7th day after sending is the date of delivery; when the date of delivery determined in accordance with the aforesaid provisions is inconsistent with the date of actually receipt of the notified party or the formal signup date, the earliest date shall prevail. Where either party changes its contact information, it shall notify the other party promptly in written form. Otherwise, the other party still has the right to deem the contact information before change as valid.

 

 

 

8.3 Bank of Beijing may provide the information related to this contract to the credit system and information library

established with the approval of the government competent department.

 

8.4 Unless otherwise stipulated herein, either party has the confidentiality obligation for the business secrets belonging to the other party which it acquires in the conclusion and fulfillment course of this contract and other nonpublic information which the other party clearly requires keeping confidential before the aforesaid information loses confidentiality, shall not openly disclose and shall not disclose to any third party without the other party’s written permission; however, if one party discloses in accordance with the provisions in laws and regulations or the requirements of the competent organ or its listed exchange, or reasonably discloses to the auditor, financial counselor, legal counselor or other intermediary agencies for the purpose of this contract (this party shall require the aforesaid agencies and personage to assume the confidentiality obligation), it is not deemed as violation of the confidentiality obligation.

 

8.5 The validity of this contract is independent from the master contract, other guarantee under the master contract and any contract/ agreement/ commitment, free from the impact of the validity and operability of the aforesaid documents. When any term or content of this contract is revoked according to law or affirmed as invalid, the validity of the other terms and contents will not be affected and they shall still be valid. In the event that when one party breaches the contact, the other party does not exercise the corresponding remedy right, it shall not be deemed as waiver of right or permission of breach of contract.

 

8.6 This contract is concluded by the warrantor and Bank of Beijing on the date of concluding the contract in the place where Bank of Beijing is located and shall enter into force after the legal representative/ person in charge/ authorized representative of both parties sign and affix the unit official seal (or the special seal for contract recognized in the document with the official seal affixed). The original of this contract is made in triplicate (if notarization and other formalities are required, the corresponding copies of original shall be signed) with Bank of Beijing holding two copies and the warrant or holding one copy. Each original has the same force.

 

(No text below)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2(d)

 

R11034 Bank of Beijing

Contract No.: [0528366_004]

 

Maximum Warranty Contract

(Applicable to an Individual Customer’s Provision of Maximum Warranty Guarantee)

 

Warrantor   : PAN Dangyu

Creditor:    Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch

Date of Concluding the Contract:    January 22, 2019

 

 

 

Table of Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract

 

Warrantor:  PAN Dangyu
Identity certificate type: ID card  No.:**
Correspondence address: **
Postal code: 518111 Contact info: **

 

Creditor (hereinafter referred to as “Bank of Beijing”):    Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch
 
Legal representative/ person in charge: QU Ruiguang
 
Correspondence address: First Floor, Bank of Beijing Plaza, China ResourcesMixC T5, No. 9668, Shennan Avenue, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City
 
Postal code: 518040  Tel.: 0755-23957000   Fax: 0755-23957009

 

The warrantor and Bank of Beijing (hereinafter collectively referred to as “both parties”) hereby conclude this contract through equality, voluntariness and consensus in the domicile of Bank of Beijing on the date of concluding this contract recorded in the cover page of this contract on the basis of the Guarantee Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws and regulations in accordance with the following contract conditions and the Basic Terms and Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract for mutual compliance.

 

A. Principal debtor:

 

Spring Power Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited

 

B. Guaranteed master contract:

 

B.1 The guaranteed master contract is the Comprehensive Credit Contract (including this contract and its valid revision and supplementation) with the number of 0528366 as entered into by and between Bank of Beijing (and other branch institutions in the system of Bank of Beijing which obtain the status of creditor according to the agreements hereof, as credit grantor) and the principal debtor, and all specific business contracts concluded under this creditor contract.

 

B.2 The guaranteed creditor’s rights (scope of guarantee) hereunder is all creditor’s rights of Bank of Beijing (and other branch institutions in the system of Bank of Beijing which obtain the status of creditor according to the agreements hereof) under the master contract, including the principal creditor’s right capital (the maximum limit is (currency) RMB (amount in words) fifty million Yuan only) and interests, penalty interests, liquidated damages, damage compensation, expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests and other funds.

 

B.3 The period of occurrence of the guaranteed principal creditor’s right (creditor’s right determination period) is the period under the credit contract as stated in paragraph B.1 hereof when the specific business may occur, namely, Jan. 22, 2019 to Jan. 21, 2020 (the details are subject to the master contract).

 

B.4 The debt fulfillment period under the master contract is from the date of concluding the master contract (or the date on which the specific business under the master contract occurs; the earlier shall prevail) to the due date of the abovementioned credit contract and the specific business contract, subject to the master contract.

 

 

 

C. The warranty method is whole process warranty.

 

(1) Whole process warranty: the warranty period is two years from the day of expiration of the debt fulfillment term under the master contract.

 

(2) Phased warranty: the warranty period is two years from the day of expiration of the debt fulfillment term under the master contract. However, from the day on which the principal debtor duly handles the mortgage registration formalities of property mortgage guarantee required by Bank of Beijing and Bank of Beijing has received the original of the other right certificate of property with Bank of Beijing as the mortgagee first in order, the warrantor’s warranty liability shall be dissolved automatically; but the principal debtor’s debts already due before the day and the debts under the master contract and under this contract incurred due to the warrantor or/ and the principal debtor’s breach of contract before the day, the warrantor shall still assume the warranty liability and the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

U. Annex (the following annex is an integral part of this contract):

 

XXX

 

W. Enforcement notarization:

 

No enforcement notarization is required for this contract.

 

X. Special agreements:

 

1. The warrantor confirms the address of delivery of the documents involved in this contract/ agreement and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs to this contract/ agreement and legal consequences as follows: (1) it confirms that its valid address of delivery is the address specified in the front of this contract/ agreement. (2) The address of delivery is applicable to the delivery of all kinds of documents during non-litigation and relevant documents and legal instruments when a dispute occurs, including but not limited to the delivery in the civil supervision procedure and civil litigation procedure (first trial, second trial, re-trial and execution procedure). (3) If the address of delivery needs to be changed, it shall notify Bank of Beijing by mailing thirty working days in advance; if change is notified according to the method specified, the address of delivery changed shall prevail. If the obligation to notify fails to be fulfilled, the original address of delivery shall be still the valid address of delivery. In the event that the legal instruments fail to be actually received as the address of delivery it provides or confirms is not accurate, Bank of Beijing and the court have not been notified after the address of delivery is changed or it or the receiver it designates refuses to sign up, if they are delivered by mailing, the day of returning the instruments shall be deemed as the day of delivery; if they are delivered directly, the day on which the process server indicates the condition on the receipt of delivery shall be deemed as the day of delivery. (4) Whereas it has confirmed the address of delivery, the court may directly deliver by mailing upon delivery. Even if it fails to receive the relevant documents or legal instruments delivered by the court by mailing, it shall be deemed as delivery. (5) After a dispute enters the civil supervision procedure or civil litigation procedure, if it responds to the litigation and directly submits the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery to the court, and if the address of delivery confirmed is changed, the letter of confirmation of the address of delivery that it submits to the court shall prevail.

 

 

 

2. This contract/ agreement is concluded by the parties in Futian District, Shenzhen City. All disputes under this contract/ agreement and related to it shall be first settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails to work, it shall be submitted to the people’s court with jurisdiction in the place of concluding this contract/ agreement for settlement through litigation.

 

 

 

 

No text in this page. This page is the signature page of the Maximum Warranty Contract.

 

Y. The warrantor hereby confirms:

 

1.Bank of Beijing has reminded it of paying attention to the terms and conditions concerning liability or right limitation and has made full interpretation and explanation on this contract. Revision and supplementation (if any) reached by both parties has been indicated in thespecial agreement column or supplementary agreement; after fully reviewing and negotiating and discussing with Bank of Beijing, the warrantor comprehensively understands and agrees all contents of this contract including the table of contract conditions, basic terms and conditions and annexes hereto, and has no doubt or objection.

 

2. The warrantor has been clearly aware of the specific business category, amount of creditor’s right, debt fulfillment term and scope of guarantee under the master contract which it guarantees. The warrantor hereby irrevocably promises and warrants that as long as the date of conclusion of the specific business contract under the comprehensive credit contract or the date of handling the specific business (such as the date of acceptance of a bill of exchange, opening date of L/C, opening date of SLC and opening date of L/G) is within the occurrence period of the guaranteed principal creditor’s right specified herein, all creditor’s rights of Bank of Beijing under the aforesaid specific business shall be included in the scope of guarantee hereof, and the warrantor agrees to assume the liability of guarantee according to the agreements hereof.

 

Z. Both parties sign as follows:

 

Warrantor (signature): PAN Dangyu (signature)

 

Bank of Beijing (seal): Special Seal for Credit Business Contract of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch (sealed)

Legal representative / person in charge or authorized representative: QU Ruiguang (signature)

 

 

 

Basic Terms and Conditions of Maximum Warranty Contract

 

1.Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 In this contract, unless otherwise clearly specified, the following words have the following meanings:

 

This contract: refers to the entity jointly constituted by the following documents: table of conditions of warranty contract (the main text is paragraphs A-Z), basic terms and conditions of warranty contract, other contract annexes listed in paragraph U hereof and other documents effectively determining the rights and obligations of both parties hereunder according to law (including but not limited to the supplementary agreement, letter of commitment, etc.); however, specially refers to the corresponding terms and conditions in the table of contract conditions and basic terms and conditions if there is no different instruction when the terms and conditions hereof are quoted.

 

Working day: refers to any day on which the commercial bank in the city where Bank of Beijing is located handles general corporate business, excluding statutory holidays and Saturday, Sunday, but including Saturday and Sunday when the government temporarily stipulates that the pubic shall work.

 

Laws and regulations: refer to the laws, administrative regulations and judiciary interpretation of the supreme people’s court applicable in the mainland of China except Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise clearly instructed herein or in any document made on the basis of this contract, the words already defined in this contract shall have the same meaning in the document.

 

1.3 The titles hereunder and application scope are only for the convenience of use, which shall not be deemed as limit or increase or decrease of either party’s rights/ obligations of this contract.

 

2.Main Content of Warranty Guarantee

 

2.1 The warrantor provides joint and several liability warranty guarantee to Bank of Beijing for the principal debtor listed in paragraph A hereof (namely the debtor under the master contract). Refer to paragraph B hereof for the guaranteed master contract and its debt fulfillment term, scope of guarantee and occurrence period of principal creditor’s right. In order to avoid any doubt, both parties confirm that the stipulation of the occurrence period of the principal creditor’s right is to include the specific business related to the scope of guarantee hereof, does not limit the occurrence and calculation of the guaranteed creditor’s rights including interests and expenses under the creditor’s right which has occurred. When the business under the master contract is handled by other branch agencies in the system of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd., such branch agency shall obtain the corresponding guarantee right and interest within the scope of guarantee specified herein.

 

2.2 What’s provided by the warrantor to Bank of Beijing hereunder is independent joint and several liability warranty guarantee; even if there is other guarantee (including other arrangement similar to guarantee) under the master contract, the warrantor still directly assumes joint and several warranty liability first in order to Bank of Beijing with respect to the debt within the scope of guarantee specified herein. The scope of its liability shall not be exempted due to the existence, increase or decrease, revocation or validity of other guarantee nor shall it be exempted due to Bank of Beijing’s waiver or change of the rights or order under other guarantee; the warrantor does not fulfill its warranty liability at the premise that Bank of Beijing proposes right claim, file a lawsuit/ apply for arbitration or apply for/ carry out enforcement to the principal debtor, other guarantor or/and guaranty.

 

 

 

2.3 The warranty period hereunder is two years from the day of expiration (including expiration of the term specified and advance expiration in accordance with the agreement or the provisions in laws and regulations, same below) of the fulfillment term of the guaranteed debt under the master contract. If the guaranteed debt shall be fulfilled by installment, Bank of Beijing not only has the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for the fulfillment of the debt in this period within two years from the day of expiration of the fulfillment term of each period of debt but also has the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for all debts within the scope of guarantee within two years from the day of expiration of the fulfillment term of any period of debt after this period under the master contract as well as the right to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for all debts which have been announced by Bank of Beijing to expire in advance within the scope of its guarantee within two years from the day of announcing to expire in advance in accordance with the agreement of the master contract or the provisions in laws and regulations on account that this period of debt is overdue.

 

3.Change of Master Contract

 

3.1 Any change of the master contract does not require the consent of the warrantor or notice, and the warrantor shall continue providing warranty guarantee for the changed master contract; the warrantor is entitled to know the change and execution of the master contract from the principal debtor and Bank of Beijing by a written notice; however, in the event that the principal debtor and Bank of Beijing agree to extend the validity of the limit of the credit contract in the master contract (excluding corresponding extension of the day of expiration incurred by delay of the start day of the term and extension incurred due to rest days or holidays), agree to increase the maximum credit limit under the credit contract or the maximum capital limit guaranteed herein (except increase incurred by change of exchange rate on the basis of paragraph 3.2 hereof) and agree to change the specific business category of the usable credit limit guaranteed (excluding adjustment of the limit already allowed under the master contract), unless the warrantor’s consent on the aforesaid change is obtained, the warrantor is entitled to refuse to bear warranty liability for the debt increased from the change and still bear warranty liability according to this contract and in comparison with the changed master contract not according to the exception conditions.

 

3.2 In the event that the marked currency of the scope of guarantee is different from the business currency of the master contract, Bank of Beijing does not bear exchange rate risks, namely, the amount of debt increased due to change of exchange rate after the occurrence of the business within the scope of guarantee is deemed as natural increase within the scope of guarantee under this contract.

 

4.Commitment and Warranty

 

The warrantor promises to fulfill and warrants fulfilling the following obligations before the fulfillment of this contract:

 

(1) The warrantor has the qualification and capacity to conclude and fulfill this contract. Its conclusion and fulfillment of this contract do not violate any laws and regulations and administrative orders, valid judiciary judgment/ arbitration award that are binding on it, do not violate any contracts, agreements or commitments that are binding on it and do not infringe on any third party’s legal rights and interests. This contract is legally binding on the warrantor and may be enforced according to law;

 

(2) The warrantor has valid identity certificate, fixed address and has a decent job and steady economic income, good credit, and has sufficient solvency; the warrantor bears the liability of liquidating its debts under this contract by its personal property and man and wife’s common property and other family properties; the warrantor has obtained the consent of its spouse and other family members (if any);

 

 

 

(3) Stick to the principle of integrity and good faith. All data and information provided by the warrantor to Bank of Beijing, including but not limited to all instructions, documents, vouchers and other materials of the warrantor’s personal condition, family members, bank account, assets, rights and interests and liabilities (including contingent liability) are true, accurate, complete, legal and valid. There is no falsity, fraud, major omission, concealment or misleading;

 

(4) After this contract is concluded and before it is terminated, the warrantor has no judiciary procedure, mediation procedure, arbitration procedure, administrative punishment procedure or other disputes involving in the warrantor that have or may have bad influence on the conclusion or fulfillment of this contract;

 

(5) The warrantor has fully known the content of the master contract, voluntarily provides guarantee for the principal debtor and assumes joint and several warranty liability for the payment and other obligations of the principal debtor under the master contract;

 

(6) Urge the principal debtor to promptly, completely and properly fulfill the master contract. Once knowing that the principal debtor breaches the master contract, the warrantor shall try its best to adopt remedy measures and notify Bank of Beijing without delay;

 

(7) Before this contract is terminated, unless the formal clear written consent of Bank of Beijing is obtained in advance, the warrantor will not transfer, shift occupation, give, lease, rent, contract, trust, set guarantee, set trust or dispose of any of its assets or rights or interests by any form; however, the value of a single disposal or the accumulative value of disposal of movable estate or rights and interests is lower than five percent of the capital of the principal debt does not require the prior consent of Bank of Beijing;

 

(8) Before this contract is terminated, in the event that the warrantor changes its name, permanent registered household address, residing address, unit address, contact address, postal code, fixed telephone, residence telephone, unit telephone, mobile phone, working unit, marriage status or other personal information, it shall notify Bank of Beijing in written form thirty days in advance;

 

(9) If the warrantor has major bad matters that affect or may affect its solvency or it is aware of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any condition that damages or may damage the rights and interests of Bank of Beijing under the master contract or hereunder, the warrantor shall try its best to adopt remedy measures and notify Bank of Beijing without delay;

 

(10) There is association relationship or dispute between the warrantor and the principal debtor, which has influence on the validity or revocability of this contract. In case of aforesaid matter, the warrantor has faithfully and completely explained to the Bank of Beijing in written form, and the warrantor has adopted effective measures to ensure this contract and the warranty guarantee under this contract legal and valid;

 

(11) When Bank of Beijing proposes the requirement for representing liquidating debts or fulfilling other liabilities specified herein or stipulated in laws and regulations to the warrantor on the basis of this contract, the warrantor shall immediately (or within the term specially specified herein) fulfill the liabilities.

 

5.Taxes and Dues

 

The warrantor and Bank of Beijing shall assume the stamp duty which they shall pay under this contract. Taxes and administrative fees (except the taxes and dues which shall be borne by Bank of Beijing itself according to law) levied by the government or the agency which exercises the administrative function and power and notarization fees (if any) shall be borne by the warrantor.

 

 

 

6.Default and Remedy Right

 

6.1 When any one or several circumstances as follows occur, it shall constitute the warrantor’s default event:

 

(1) The warrantor fails to assume warranty liability on schedule in full amount;

 

(2) The warrantor fails (or clearly indicates or indicates by behavior that it will not) completely and properly fulfill its commitments, warranties, obligations or liabilities under this contract;

 

(3) Important documents, statements or data information provided by the warrantor are untrue, inaccurate, incomplete, illegal or invalid, or there is falsity, fraud, major omission, major concealment or major misleading;

 

(4) The warrantor is dead, announced to be dead, is missing or is announced to be missing, or becomes a person with limited capacity for civil conducts or losses the capacity for civil conducts;

 

(5) Any other loan, guarantee, compensation, commitment or other repayment liability of the warrantor cannot be fulfilled when due, or have entered litigation/arbitration /enforcement procedures, or its financial status has major bad changes, or has bad credit records, or involves in disputes or administrative punishment that have/has or may have major bad influence on its solvency or the fulfillment of this contract;

 

(6) The warrantor’s habitual residence is changed, or the warrantor handles exit formalities or leaves the mainland of China; Bank of Beijing considers it harmful for the fulfillment of this contract;

 

(7) The warrantor has disputes or events involving in change of marriage relationship, support/ fostering/ raising relationship or /and separation of co-owned property; Bank of Beijing considers it possible to have bad influence on the warrantor’s solvency;

 

(8) The warrantor is unemployed, changes business, is adopted administrative, criminal enforcement measures including but not limited to limiting personal freedom, suffers from criminal punishment or is adopted other criminal sanction measures, etc.;

 

(9) Other events or acts that have or may have bad influence on the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests of Bank of Beijing occur.

 

6.2 The principal debtor fails to fully repay the debts under the master contract on schedule or has default events under the master contract, Bank of Beijing is entitled to require the warrantor to fulfill warranty liability for the debts under the master contract withinthe scope of its guarantee.

 

6.3 When the warrantor has the default events under this contract, Bank of Beijing has the right to exercise the default remedy right in accordance with the agreement hereof or/ and the provisions in laws, regulations and financial rules, including but not limited to correcting default, calculating and collecting penalty interests by floating up 50% (if there is no contract interest rate, by five-ten thousandths per day) from the contract interest rate applicable under the master contract, exercising guarantee rights and interests and the right of detention according to law, announcing that all debts or some debts under the master contract are immediately due, collecting by announcement, requiring compensation of loss and requiring repaying the expenses incurred by Bank of Beijing in order to realize the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests (including but not limited to litigation/ arbitration fees, appraisal/ authentication/ auction and other disposal fees, attorney’s fee, investigation and evidence collection fee, travel expense and other reasonable expenses), etc.

 

6.4 In the event that the warrantor’s debts hereunder shall be fulfilled upon expiration, Bank of Beijing is entitled to voluntarily directly deduct the expiring fund from the account opened by the warrantor in the system of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. for liquidation at any time and also is entitled to dispose of the property or rights and interests occupied or kept by any agency of Bank of Beijing Co., Ltd. to which the warrantor enjoys the ownership, disposal right or right to obtain proceeds, and use the proceeds from disposal for liquidation. Bank of Beijing has no need to separately obtain the warrantor’s consent hereto and has no need to notify the warrantor or separately provide the settlement voucher and other vouchers on the deduction of fund.

 

 

 

6.5 When the fund taken back by Bank of Beijing through exercise of right is different from the currency of the creditor’s right, it shall liquidate the creditor’s right of Bank of Beijing after conversion according to the exchange price of the currency of the creditor’s right sold out by the bank as published by Bank of Beijing and the currency of the receivable purchased. The exchange rate loss and currency exchange expense incurred therefrom shall be assumed by the warrantor. The warrantor is obligated to cooperate to handling the currency exchange formality.

 

6.6 The fund taken back by Bank of Beijing through exercise of right liquidates its creditor’s rights according to the following order: (1) the expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights and guarantee rights and interests and other expenses which shall be assumed by the warrantor, (2) damage compensation, indemnity and liquidated damages, (3) penalty interests, (4) interests, (5) capital, (6) other payables; but Bank of Beijing may change the aforesaid liquidation order. In the event that the warrantor has several expiring funds repayable, the repayment order determined by Bank of Beijing shall prevail.

 

6.7 In the event that one party suffers from force majeure and this party provides the certificate issued by the competent agency within 5 working days after the force majeure occurs, the corresponding liability for default of this party may be exempted according to law. But in order to avoid doubts, both parties confirm that the warrantor may be exempted for the corresponding liability for default but still has the obligation to fulfill the repayment liability within the scope of guarantee.

 

7.Transfer

 

Without the formal clear written consent of Bank of Beijing in advance, the warrantor shall not transfer any rights, obligations or liabilities under this contract to other parties, shall not set guarantee or set trust on its rights. Bank of Beijing is entitled to unilaterally transfer its rights and interests under the master contract and hereunder to other parties and has no need to obtain the warrantor’s consent separately if regarding as money management/ trust and other investment assets. However, Bank of Beijing shall notify the warrantor by issuing announcement (not deemed violation of confidentiality obligation) at its official website or sending a written notice to the warrantor’s contact address. The warrantor shall continue assume liability to Bank of Beijing and its right transferee and beneficiary in accordance with the agreements hereof.

 

8.Applicable Law and Dispute Settlement

 

This contract is applicable to the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China; all disputes under this contract and related to it shall be first settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails to work, they shall be submitted to the people’s court in the place where Bank of Beijing is located for settlement through litigation.

 

9.Notarization

 

If it is required in paragraph M hereof, the warrantor shall go to the notary agency selected by Bank of Beijing to go through the notarization matter. The notarization fee is assumed by the warrantor. Both parties agree that this contract will have the enforcement force after notarization. At the appointed time, if Bank of Beijing’s rights and interests under the master contract or/ and this contract fail to be promptly and completely realized, Bank of Beijing has the right to directly apply for the enforcement certificate by virtue of the master contract or/ and this contract, debtor’s fulfillment record and notarization instrument issued by Bank of Beijing and apply for enforcement to the people’s court with jurisdiction in order to realize Bank of Beijing’s rights and interests under the master contract or /and this contract. The warrantor hereby specially promises that is voluntarily accepts enforcement without condition.

 

 

 

10.Supplementary Provisions

 

10.1 When the special agreements in paragraph X hereof is inconsistent with the other terms and conditions of the text of this contract, the special agreements of this paragraph shall prevail; the annexes listed in paragraph U hereof constitute an integral part of this contract; unless otherwise stipulated in written form in the text or annex of this contract, the text of this contract shall prevail where there is inconsistency between the annex and the text of this contract.

 

10.2 If the number of natural persons of the warrantor party is two or more, all commitments, warranties, obligations and liabilities of the natural parties of this party are common and joint and several; any natural person’s default shall constitute all natural persons’ default; and the natural persons are agents to each other; any natural person’s consent, acceptance or being aware shall be deemed as all natural persons’ consent, acceptance and being aware.

 

10.3 Notices or documents sent by any party hereunder: (i) if they are submitted in person or through entrustment, the date on which the notified party or its receiving agent signs up is the date of delivery; (ii) if they are posted by express or registered mail in the same city (including downtown or suburb), the 3rd day after sending the mail is the date of delivery; (iii) if they are sent by other mailing forms, the 7th day after sending is the date of delivery; when the date of delivery determined in accordance with the aforesaid provisions is inconsistent with the date of actually receipt of the notified party or the formal signup date, the earliest date shall prevail. However, in order to avoid doubts, both parties confirm that the documents that Bank of Beijing requires the warrantor to deliver face to face shall be directly delivered by the warrant or in person or delivered by a special person appointed by the warrantor to Bank of Beijing’s business counter. Where either party changes its contact information, it shall notify the other party promptly in written form. Otherwise, the other party still has the right to deem the contact information before change as valid.

 

10.4 Bank of Beijing has the right to input the information related to this contract and other information provided by the warrantor in the individual credit information basic database of the People’s Bank of China, enterprise credit information basic database of the People’s Bank of China and other information libraries established legally without the approval of the government competent department for query and use by the units/ individuals with proper qualification; when the warrantor breaches this contract, Bank of Beijing is entitled to decide to publish the warrantor’s default information at discretion based on the warrantor’s default condition and provide the collection agency with the relevant information for the purpose of collecting the funds owed by the warrantor. The corresponding legal consequences shall be voluntarily borne by the warrantor.

 

10.5 Either party has the confidentiality obligation for the business secrets belonging to the other party which it acquires in the conclusion and fulfillment course of this contract and other nonpublic information which the other party clearly requires keeping confidential before the aforesaid information loses confidentiality, shall not openly disclose and shall not disclose to any third party without the other party’s written permission; however, if there is otherwise agreement hereof, or one party discloses in accordance with the provisions in laws and regulations or the requirements of the competent organ or its listed exchange, or reasonably discloses to the relevant transaction counterparty, money management/ trust investors and other relevant parties, or reasonably discloses to the auditor, financial counselor, legal counselor or other intermediary agencies for the purpose of this contract (this party shall require the aforesaid agencies and personage to assume the confidentiality obligation), it is not deemed as violation of the confidentiality obligation.

 

 

 

10.6 The validity of this contract is independent from the master contract, other guarantee under the master contract and any contract/ agreement/ commitment, free from the impact of the validity and operability of the aforesaid documents. When any term or content of this contract is revoked according to law or affirmed as invalid, the validity of the other terms and contents will not be affected and they shall still be valid. In the event that when one party breaches the contact, the other party does not exercise the corresponding remedy right, it shall not be deemed as waiver of right or permission of breach of contract.

 

10.7 This contract shall enter into force after the warrantor signs and the legal representative/ person in charge/ authorized representative of Bank of Beijing signs and affixes the unit official seal (or the special seal for contract).

 

10.8 The original of this contract is made in duplicate (if notarization and other formalities are required, the corresponding copies of original shall be signed) with Bank of Beijing holding one copy and the warrant or holding one copy. Each original has the same force.

 

(No text below)

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Basic Credit Line Contract

 

Reference: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit zi (2019) No. 0070

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: NO. 113, Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang Town, Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Xiaoxia Wen

 

Contact: Zhang Songjiang

 

Address: NO.113, Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang town, Shenzhen

 

Postal Code: 518172 Fax :
   
Tel: *** Fax:***

 

Debtor: Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

Address: Building A, Chaoshun Industrial Zone, Renmin Street, Danhu, Guanlan Road, Baoan, Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu

 

Contact: Pan Dangyu

 

Address: Building A, Chaoshun Industrial Zone, Renmin Street, Danhu, Guanlan Road, Baoan, Shenzhen

 

Postal Code: 518172 Fax :
   
Tel: *** Fax:

 

 

 

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, Futian, Shenzhen

 

Important Prompt

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm the following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

3. Your company and you understand the meaning of this contract and the relevant legal consequences, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplementing and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions on this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

After application, creditor agrees to provide a basic credit line to debtor. To clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, and abide by credit, the contracting parties sign this contract agreed together according to relevant state laws and regulations.

 

Clause 1 Definitions and interpretation

 

Except agreed in writing by the contracting parties, the following words in this contract will be explained as follows:

 

1. Basic credit line: based on comprehensive evaluation of management and risk of debtor, creditor will decide the maximum amount of comprehensive financing principal of debtor, including but not limited local foreign currency, various trade financing (issuing letter of credit, trust receipt, packing loan, export bill purchase, export bill purchase under collection and advanced against inward documentary bills, etc.) bank acceptance bill, notes discounted, notes repo, guarantee (including independent guarantee, demand guarantee, standby letter of credit, etc.) and so on.

 

2. Valid period of credit line is one uninterrupted period, during which the debtor can conduct business transactions stipulated under the basic credit line, with creditor’s consent. The basic credit line expires when the valid period of credit ends.

 

 

 

 

3. Balance: creditor will manage and control the balance of various businesses of debtor. The balance is the sum of used credit line, including undue balance and expired outstanding balance, as follows:

 

(1) Undue balance: the sum of undue outstanding debts which are used by debtor according to this contract.

 

(2) The due unpaid balance is the debt principal balance that the Creditor granted the Debtor, or is entitled for to perform certain legal responsibilities, but remained unpaid at the expiry date.

 

4. Macro contract: Basic credit line contract, which is signed by creditor and debtor.

 

Sub-contract: the specific business contract signed by two parties voluntarily. This contract is the macro contract of any sub-contracts, any sub-contract is an inalienable part of this contract, and has the same legal effect.

 

5. Principal debt: debt principal, interest and expense resulting from conducting various business transactions under this contract applied by debtor, including but not limited local foreign currency, various trade financing (such as issuing letter of credit, trust receipt, packing loan, export bill purchase, export bill purchase under collection and advanced against inward documentary bills, etc.) bank acceptance bill, notes discounted, notes repo, guarantee (including independent guarantee, demand guarantee, standby letter of credit, etc.) and so on. (Including principal, interest, punitive interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damage awards, expenses for realizing financial claim, etc.)

 

 

 

 

Expenses for realizing a financial claim: the money which creditor spends for realizing a financial claim by litigation, arbitration, etc. such as court (arbitration) costs, attorneys’ fees, traveling fees, execution fees, maintenance costs, and other necessary costs for realizing a financial claim.

 

6. Important transaction which is mentioned in clause 8 (including but not limited): anything which might have a bad effect on the basic organization of debtor’s company, changes of stockholders, contingent liabilities, cash flows, profitability, core business secrets, important assets, significant claims and debts, repayment ability, other transactions which are considered as significant transactions by creditor and/or debtor.

 

7. Important transaction which is mentioned in clause 8 (including but not limited): anything which may have bad effect on executives’ operational capability, employment and termination of core staff, core business secrets, core competence, basic organization, legality, stability, development, profitability, repayment ability, other things which are considered as significant things by creditor and/or debtor.

 

 

 

 

8. Workday mentioned in this contract refers to a banking day. If the drawdown date or the repayment date is on a legal holiday, then it is delayed to the first working day after the holiday.

 

Clause 2 Credit Line

 

1. The maximum amount of basic credit line is RMB (in words) FORTY MILLION YUAN ONLY. If debtor uses foreign currency in specific business, the foreign currency will be converted to RMB according to the exchange rate announced by creditor on the date when the applicable sub-contract is signed, and will be included in credit line.

 

2. Decomposition of credit line

 

(1) Bank acceptance: RMB40,000,000

 

(2) Standby letter of credit: RMB 40,000,000

 

3. If the Debtor repays the used line of credit within valid period of credit line, the equivalent amount of credit line recovers automatically.

 

4. The financing balance should not be more than RMB 40,000,000, including all debts used by debtor according to this contract, and the single credit line cannot be more than RMB 40,000,000.

 

 

 

 

Clause 3 Valid Period and Adjustment of Credit Line

 

1. Valid period of credit line under this contract is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

2. This contract is not the definite obligation of creditor, in any circumstance, creditor has the right to adjust or cancel the credit line and valid period under this contract partly or completely without the consent of debtor. Foregoing “any circumstance” includes but not limited following situations:

 

(1) debtor has significant operational difficulties and risks;

 

(2) debtor has significant changes in ownership or contingent debt;

 

(3) debtor has significant changes in its operational mechanism (including but not limited discrete, merger, termination, etc.);

 

(4) debtor gets hit with credit downgrade and which increases risk of repayment;

 

(5) the situation and conditions of one transaction, which Debtor works on, have significant changes;

 

(6) the statements and commitments of debtor mentioned in clause 7 become invalid;

 

(7) other creditors think it is necessary to change, adjustment or cancel debtor’s credit line.

 

3. If debtor needs to increase temporary the credit line because of a change of situation or special project, debtor can apply for special credit line from creditor, which can only be used for special project, and should not be used as cycle.

 

 

 

 

Clause 4 Repayment and adjustment of advance in cash and receipt under different credit line

 

Creditor has the right to use the funds received under one or more of the lines to repay the advanced money which is used according to this contract, without the consent of debtor and guarantor.

 

Clause 5 Guarantee Measures

 

1.The following contracts are guarantee contracts of this contract and sub-contracts.

 

(1) REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0070C "Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), guarantor: Dangyu Pan, mode: guarantee;

 

(2) REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0070" Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), guarantor: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co Ltd, mode: guarantee;

 

(3) REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0070A" Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), guarantor: Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, mode: guarantee;

 

 

 

 

(4) REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0070B "Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), guarantor: Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd, mode: guarantee;

 

2. Before the signing of guarantee contracts and completing the guarantee procedures, creditor has the right to refuse handling an application for using the credit line under this contract, and providing the loans under this contract and sub-contracts.

 

3. The maximum guarantee for all debts under the credit line should be provided by the above guarantors (guarantor, mortgagor or pledger), except as agreed by creditor, debtor and guarantor.

 

4. If following things happen to the guarantor under this contract, creditor has the right to take measures according to clause 9 of this contract.

 

(1) Guarantor violates the maximum guarantee contract; a deterioration of guarantor’s credit position; or other things, which may damage guarantee ability happen;

 

(2) Mortgager violates the maximum mortgage contract; damages mortgage intentionally; the value of mortgage might has been reduced obviously; or other things which damage the hypothecation of creditor;

 

 

 

 

(3) Pledger violates the maximum pledge contract; the value of pledge has been reduced obviously; or the right of pledge has to be cashed in advance; or other things which damage the pledge of creditor.

 

Clause 6 The Rights and Obligations of Creditor

 

1. During credit period, if the accumulated total balance used by debtor is less than the maximum capital limit, creditor will review a loan application which is within the limit from debtor. The application will be accepted if it meets each of the conditions and requirements requested by creditor. If Creditor is unable to make a substantive examination because of debtor or any other reasons, it should not constitute a defense. Debtor and guarantor give up considering it as a defense.

 

2. Creditor has the right to acquire the accounting statements and other operational information of debtor. Debtor should provide its marketing plan, investment plan and demand for funds. Creditor will keep debtor’s business secret.

 

3. In order to achieve the purpose of financing under this contract, the debtor should provide a full, effective guarantee, which is recognized by creditor. If debtor or guarantor violates the contract, creditor has the right to seize any form of assets of the Debtor or Guarantor that the Creditor possesses

 

 

 

 

Clause 7 Representations and Commitments of Debtor

 

Debtor makes the following representations and commitments voluntarily, and assumes legal responsibility for the reality of the content.

 

1. Debtor is a legal representative, which is established according to the laws of People’s Republic of China, with full capacity for civil conduct. Debtor promises to provide related information requested by creditor.

 

2. Debtor can perform all obligations and responsibilities under this contract, and will assume the repayment responsibility in any conditions.

 

3. Debtor has the right to sign this contract, and has acquired all legal approvals and authorities.

 

4. Signing this contract is allowed by debtor’s articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of shareholders and board of directors. This contract will not conflict with the articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of shareholders and board of directors and policies of debtor.

 

5. Signing and performing this contract is the true willing decision of debtor. Signing and performing the above contract will not violate the laws and regulations, rules and agreements which can limit debtor. This contract is legal and enforceable, and if this contract become invalid because debtor does not have full capacity to sign this contract, debtor should repay all losses of creditor.

 

 

 

 

6. All documents, financial statements and other information, which are provided by debtor under this contract, are true, complete, accurate and effective.

 

7. Debtor agrees that bank business under this contract is limited to the regulations, conventions and practices of creditor, and the power of interpretation belongs to creditor.

 

8. Debtor cannot change its equity structure or major executives without written consent of creditor.

 

9. If debtor does not perform obligations according to this contract and sub-contract, debtor grants creditor the right to obtain relevant money from any account which is opened in creditor by debtor.

 

10. In any transactions after signing this contract, if the debtor submits any documents related to a specific transaction to creditor for auditing, debtor promises all documents are true. Creditor neither participates in nor knows the essence of transaction, and will not take any responsibility.

 

11. The debtor confirms it has no further litigation, arbitration, or administrative litigation in property, liquidation or issues with going out of business, except situations which have been disclosure in writing to creditor.

 

 

 

 

12. If creditor is involved in litigation, arbitration or another dispute because of performing the obligations under this contract, The litigation or arbitration fees, legal fees and other expenses of creditor will be borne by the debtor.

 

13. All settlement businesses under this contract should be handled through the settlement account open in creditor.

 

14. The debtor provides full, effective or other appropriate acceptable guarantee approved by the creditor. For the house mortgage, if the house will be removed, the debtor shall promptly inform the creditor to fulfill obligations; if mortgage houses were demolished, the creditor has the right to require the debtor to pay off the debt in advance, or reset the mortgage and sign a new security agreement. During the loss of the original guarantee and the new mortgage registration has not been completed, the debtor should provide the secured party as guarantees; For the way of compensation to compensate for the demolition of real estate, the creditor will be responsible for requesting relocation compensation as guarantee through the opening margin accounts or certificates of deposit , etc.

 

 

 

 

Clause 8 Debtor has the obligation to disclosure significant transactions and events to creditor.

 

1. Debtor should inform creditor of significant transactions and events of debtor in writing timely.

 

2. If debtor is a group company, debtor should inform creditor of its related transactions which are more than 10% of creditor’s net assets, including but not limited to :

 

(1) the relationship of the parties in the transaction;

 

(2) transactions and transaction properties;

 

(3) the amount of transaction and relevant proportion;

 

(4) pricing policy.

 

3. During valid period of this contract, stock transfers, reorganizations, mergers, discrete, shareholding reforms, joint ventures, cooperations, joint operations, contracts, leases, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfers, contingent liabilities, or anything which may affect debtor’s ability to assume responsibility should be reported to creditor in writing 30 days in advance.

 

4. A termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involvement in a major business dispute, or anything may affect debtor’s ability to assume responsibility should be reported to creditor in 7 days by writing from the date the above thing took place.

 

 

 

 

5. When debtor becomes involved in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or any other significant thing which may affect debtor’s ability to assume responsibility occurs, creditor should be notified in writing within 7 days from the date debtor receives relevant notice.

 

6. The debtor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with a third party to damage creditor’s rights.

 

Clause 9 Default and default Liability

 

1. After this contract comes into force, the creditor and the debtor should perform the obligations as agreed in the contract. If any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill its obligations of this contract, it should bear the corresponding liability for breach the contract.

 

2. If any of the following situations occur, creditor has the right to terminate the unused credit line under this contract, and ask the debtor to repay all financing, payable interest and other expenses under this contract immediately. The date the creditor asks the debtor to repay the money is the advanced expiration date:

 

(1) any information provided by debtor or the statements and commitments stated in clause 7 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading;

 

(2) deterioration of debtor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

 

 

 

(3) the cross default agreed in clause 10 of this contract occurs to the debtor, the affiliated enterprise of the debtor, the guarantor, or the affiliated enterprise of the guarantor;

 

(4) the debtor violates the obligations agreed to in a sub-contract of this contract;

 

(5) the debtor fails to repay the principal, interest and expenses of one financing under this contract on schedule;

 

(6) the debtor stops repaying its own debt, or cannot repay due debt;

 

(7) stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(8) other thing which may damage creditor’s right.

 

3. If the debtor defaults, creditor has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) suspending or reducing the sum of financing, until cancelling all agreed line of financing;

 

(2) announcing complete or part of debtor’s debt expire in advance;

 

(3) terminating this contract, and asking debtor to repay all debt and pay relevant expenses;

 

(4) the debtor should pay punitive interest for overdue debt;

 

(5) the debtor should pay punitive interest for misappropriation of the loan;

 

 

 

 

(6) requiring the debtor to pay full compensation for losses.

 

Clause 10 the cross-defaulting

 

If one of the following events occurs to the debtor or affiliated enterprises of the debtor, and the guarantor or the affiliated enterprises of the guarantor, it will be considered that debtor default as well, the creditor have the right to recover loan in advance according to this contract or its sub-contract, and require the debtor to be liable for breach of contract according to the contract:

 

(1) any loan, financing or debt defaults or may default, or be called for repayment in advance;

 

(2) any guarantee or similar obligation fails to be performed or might fail;

 

(3) the non-performance or violation of the relevant debt guarantee and other similar obligations of legal document or contract or might;

 

(4) failure to repay due debts or borrowing/financing;

 

(5) be declared bankrupt by the legal procedure or may be so declared;

 

(6) other situations that endanger the safety of the money under this contract.

 

 

 

 

Clause 11 the continuity of obligation

 

All obligations of the debtor under this contract have the same effect on its heir apparent, agent, receiver, or assignee, even after a merger, reorganization, or change of name.

 

Clause 12 accelerated maturity terms of principal and interest

 

The debtor and the guarantor agree that once the debtor fails to perform the statements and commitments of Clause 7, or the debtor fails to perform any obligation under this contract, the creditor has the right to decide that any other obligations include all outstanding principal, interest (including punitive interest and compound interest) and relevant expenses become due immediately.

 

Clause 13 The Priority Right of Subrogation Arrangement

 

The debtor states herein, once the debtor defaults or is unable to repay due principal, interest and fees, and does not have enough property to repay advanced money to creditor, Creditor has the right of subrogation on any claim, accounts receivable and other property rights of the debtor. The debtor and the guarantor are willing to give up the defense to creditor according to article 28 of “Guarantee Law”.

 

 

 

 

Clause 14 Offset Arrangement

 

1. If the debtor or the guarantor fail to repay maturing debt or pay the debt upon early maturity, the creditor has the right to directly withhold money on any account of the debtor to repay the debt. If the currency in the debtor’s account is different from the currency of principal debt, the withholding money will be calculated on the rate of withholding day.

 

2. Creditor’s rights under this contract will not be offset by any reason or any third party’s offset right.

 

3. Creditor’s rights under this contract will not be offset by any offset right of the debtor, the guarantor or any third party.

 

Clause 15 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Signing, effectiveness, performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement of this contract is applicable for the laws of People’s Republic of China.

 

2. For any dispute of this contract, the debtor and the creditor should resolve through friendly negotiations. If negotiation fails, both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) way:

 

(2) Applying for arbitration to the Shenzhen Arbitration Commission, resolving the dispute by applicable rules of the Arbitration Commission, the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

 

 

 

3. In the dispute period, the provisions which are not involved in the dispute still should be carried out according to this contract.

 

Clause 16 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. Any documents, communications and notifications under this contract will be sent to each party according to the address, phone number or other contact methods on the cover of this contract.

 

2. If the contact method of one party changed, the other party should be informed immediately, otherwise the party which does not inform its change to the other must bear full responsibility for all the consequences.

 

3. Any documents, communications and notifications are sent according to above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the sending day after five working days;

 

(2) by facsimile or other electronic communication, it will be deemed to arrive on sending day;

 

(3) by personal service, the date of signing is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

 

 

 

4. The two sides agree that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staff of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Clause 17 Effectiveness, Modification of This Contract and Other Matters

 

1. The contract will take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties.

 

2. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor’s giving to the debtor and the guarantor of any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the debtor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

3. As a result of national laws and regulations or regulatory policy change, which leads to loan obligations of the creditor under this contract not conforming to the laws and regulations or regulatory requirements, the creditor has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract, announce all of the loan is due in advance, and the debtor should pay off the loan immediately.

 

 

 

 

4. If the creditor cannot issue the loan or pay on time because of force majeure, the failure of communication or network, or the failure of creditor’s system, the creditor does not assume any responsibility, but should promptly notify the debtor.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branches of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, which is approved by the debtor, and without prior consent of the debtor.

 

6. The debtor agrees that the creditor has the right to unilaterally reduce or cancel the unused loan under the contract according to the debtor’s production and operation situation, situation of payment or credit of other financial institutions. The creditor should notify the debtor five working days before reduce or cancel the loans, without prior consent of the debtor.

 

7. At any time, any provision of this contract in any way is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity or enforceability of other provisions under the contract is not affected.

 

 

 

8. The heading of this contract is just for the convenience of reading, which shall not be used for interpretation or any other purposes.

 

9. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

10. This contract is in quadruplicate, the creditor holds three copies, the debtor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Clause 18 The Notarization and Voluntarily to Accept Compulsory Execution

 

1. The contract should be notarized by the state notary office for if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt, or the creditor realize creditor's rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people's court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Clause 19 The Supplementary Terms and Conditions:

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: SUN XUN

 

 

 

 

Detailed Address: Workshop Building A, Shunchao Industrial Zone, Renmin Road, Danhu Community, Guanlan Street, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City

 

Zip Code: 518172 Tel.: ***
   
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨     Post; ¨     Fax, No.           ; ¨     E-mail, Address:            ;

 

¨     SMS, Receiving No.:***            .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

  

/s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
   
The Creditor (official seal):  
   
The legal representative (signature):  
   
The Debtor (official seal):  
   
The legal representative (signature):  
   
/s/ Dangyu Pan  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3(a)

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract

 

(Apply to lines of credit)

 

Ref: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0070B

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang Town,Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

 

Guarantor: Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, Futian, Shenzhen

 

Important notes:

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

 

 

 

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier (“creditor”) to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (or “debtor”). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

 

Article 1 definition and interpretation

 

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

 

 

  

2. The “claims” or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The “principal” refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers’ acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The “guaranteed maximum principal” means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The “validity of guarantee” refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

 

 

 

6. “The cost of the claim for the creditor” refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. “Master Contract” means credit contract (that is, “General Agreement”) and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

“Sub-contract” means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This “working day” refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin Shen Longgang credit zi (2019) No. 0070), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB forty million only, credit period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

 

 

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

 

1. Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) FORTY-EIGHT MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

 

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor’s request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

 

 

 

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

 

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract (“the secured claims”) refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

 

 

 

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

 

Article 7 warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

 

 

 

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

6. The warranty period of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 on demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

 

Article 9 declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor’s request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

 

 

 

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority’s approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

 

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor’s policies.

 

 

 

 

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor’s true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

 

 

 

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

 

 

 

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people’s bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

 

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1. Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

 

 

 

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

 

Article 11 The Rights of Creditors

 

1.The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2.The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3.As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

  

4.This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor’s rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor’s rights, still for the creditor’s rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5.The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor’s rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don’t pay dividends.

 

 

 

 

Article 12 Change in the Main Contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don’t need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

 

Article 13 Events of Default and Breach of Contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

 

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

 

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

 

 

  

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

 

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor’s solvency.

 

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

 

 

 

  

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

 

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

 

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

 

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

 

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

 

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

 

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

 

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

 

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor’s liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

 

 

 

  

Article 14 The Independence of the Guarantor’s Obligations

 

1. The guarantor’s obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

 

Article 15 The Continuity of Obligation

 

1. All the guarantor’s obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

 

 

  

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

 

Article 16 Priority Subrogation Arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of “security law”.

 

Article 17 Offsetting Arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

 

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

  

 

 

  

Recipient: Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

Detailed Address: 4/f, Building A East, Jinmeiwei Industrial Park, High Technology Park, Shangkeng Community, Guanlan Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen

 

Zip Code: 518000 Tel.: ***
   
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨     Post; ¨     Fax,     No.          ; ¨     E-mail, Address:          ;

 

¨ SMS, Receiving No.:***          .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

 

 

 

 

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

 

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

 

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

 

 

  

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

 

Article 20 The contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties..

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

  

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6.The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

 

 

  

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Article 21 The notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor’s rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people’s court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Article 22 Supplement:

 

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     

the legal representative (signature):

 
     
The guarantor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
the legal representative (signature):  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3(b)

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract

 

(Apply to lines of credit)

 

Ref: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0070A

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang Town,Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

  

Guarantor: HUIZHOU HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu

  

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, Futian, Shenzhen

  

Important notes:

  

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

 

 

  

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

  

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier (“creditor”) to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (or “debtor”). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

  

Article 1 definition and interpretation

  

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

 

 

  

2. The “claims” or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The “principal” refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers’ acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The “guaranteed maximum principal” means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The “validity of guarantee” refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

 

 

  

6. “The cost of the claim for the creditor” refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. “Master Contract” means credit contract (that is, “General Agreement”) and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

“Sub-contract” means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This “working day” refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

  

 

 

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin Shen Longgang credit zi (2019) No. 0070), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB forty million only, credit period is from Mar 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

 

1. Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) FORTY-EIGHT MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from Mar 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

  

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor’s request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

 

 

  

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

  

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract (“the secured claims”) refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

 

 

  

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

  

Article 7 warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

 

 

  

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

6. The warranty period of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 on demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

  

Article 9 declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor’s request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

 

 

  

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority’s approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

  

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor’s policies.

 

 

 

  

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor’s true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

 

 

  

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

  

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

 16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

 

 

  

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people’s bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

  

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1.Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

 

 

  

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

  

Article 11 The rights of creditors

 

1.The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2.The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3.As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

4.This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor’s rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor’s rights, still for the creditor’s rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5.The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor’s rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don’t pay dividends.

  

 

 

 

Article 12 Change in the main contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don’t need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

  

Article 13 events of default and breach of contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

 

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

 

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

 

 

  

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

 

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor’s solvency.

 

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

 

 

 

  

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

 

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

 

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

 

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

 

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

 

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

 

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

 

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

 

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor’s liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

  

 

 

  

Article 14 the independence of the guarantor’s obligations

 

1. The guarantor’s obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

 

Article 15 the continuity of obligation

 

1. All the guarantor’s obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

 

 

  

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

  

Article 16 priority subrogation arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of “security law”.

 

Article 17 offsetting arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

  

 

 

  

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: SUN XUN

 

Detailed Address: XINHU ,MAAN TOWN,HUICHENG District, HUIZHOU

 

Zip Code: 518000 Tel.: ***
   
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨     Post; ¨     Fax, No.           ; ¨     E-mail, Address:           ;

 

¨     SMS, Receiving No.:***            .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

 

 

 

  

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

 

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

  

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

 

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

 

 

  

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

  

Article 20 the contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties..

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

  

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

 5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6. The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

 

 

  

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Article 21 The notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor’s rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people’s court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Article 22 Supplement:

  

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  

 

the legal representative (signature):

 

The guarantor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  

 

the legal representative (signature):

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3(c) 

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract

 

(Apply to lines of credit)

 

Ref: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0070

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang Town,Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

 

Guarantor: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, Futian, Shenzhen

 

Important notes:

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

 

 

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier ("creditor") to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (or "debtor"). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

 

Article 1 definition and interpretation

 

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

 

 

 

2. The "claims" or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers' acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The "principal" refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers' acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The "guaranteed maximum principal" means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The "validity of guarantee" refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

 

 

 

6. "The cost of the claim for the creditor" refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. "Master Contract" means credit contract (that is, "General Agreement") and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

"Sub-contract" means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This "working day" refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

 

 

 

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin ShenLonggang credit zi (2019) No. 0070), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB forty million only, credit period is from Mar 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

 

1. Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) FORTY-EIGHT MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from Mar 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

 

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor's request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

 

 

 

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

 

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract ("the secured claims") refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

 

 

 

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

 

Article 7 warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

 

 

 

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

6. The warranty period of bankers' acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 on demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

 

Article 9 declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor's request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

 

 

  

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority's approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

 

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor's policies.

 

 

 

 

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor's true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

 

 

  

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

 

 

 

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people's bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

 

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1. Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

 

 

  

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

  

Article 11 The rights of creditors

 

1.The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2.The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3.As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

4.This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor's rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor's rights, still for the creditor's rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5.The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor's rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don't pay dividends.

 

 

 

 

Article 12 Change in the main contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don't need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

 

Article 13 events of default and breach of contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

 

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

 

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

 

 

 

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

 

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor's solvency.

 

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

 

 

 

 

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

 

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

 

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

 

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

 

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

 

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

 

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

 

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

 

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor's liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

 

 

 

 

Article 14 the independence of the guarantor’s obligations

 

1. The guarantor's obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

 

Article 15 the continuity of obligation

 

1. All the guarantor's obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

 

 

 

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

 

Article 16 priority subrogation arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of "security law".

 

Article 17 offsetting arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

 

 

 

 

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: SUN XUN

 

Detailed Address: Workshop Building A, Shunchao Industrial Zone, Renmin Road, Danhu Community, Guanlan Street, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City

 

Zip Code: 518172 Tel.: ***
   
Designated Agent (if any):  Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨     Post; ¨     Fax, No.          ; ¨ E-mail, Address:           ;

 

¨     SMS, Receiving No.:***           .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

 

 

 

  

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

 

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

 

 

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

 

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

 

Article 20 the contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties..

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

 

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6. The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

 

 

 

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Article 21 the notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor's rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people's court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Article 22 supplement:

 

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
the legal representative (signature):  
     
The guarantor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
the legal representative (signature):  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3(d)

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract

 

(Apply to lines of credit)

 

Ref: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0070C

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang Town, Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

 

Guarantor: Pan Dangyu

 

ID NO:****

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, Futian, Shenzhen

 

Important notes:

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

 

 

 

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier ("creditor") to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (or "debtor"). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

 

Article 1 definition and interpretation

 

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

 

 

 

2. The "claims" or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers' acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The "principal" refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers' acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The "guaranteed maximum principal" means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The "validity of guarantee" refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

 

 

 

6. "The cost of the claim for the creditor" refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. "Master Contract" means credit contract (that is, "General Agreement") and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

"Sub-contract" means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This "working day" refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

 

 

 

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin Shen Longgang credit zi (2019) No. 0070), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB forty million only, credit period is from Mar 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

 

1. Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) FORTY-EIGHT MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

 

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor's request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

 

 

 

 

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

 

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract ("the secured claims") refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

 

 

 

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

 

Article 7 warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

 

 

 

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

6. The warranty period of bankers' acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 on demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

 

Article 9 declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor's request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

 

 

 

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority's approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

 

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor's policies.

 

 

 

 

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor's true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

 

 

 

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

 

 

 

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people's bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

 

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1.Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

 

 

 

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

 

Article 11 The rights of creditors

 

1.The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2.The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3.As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

4.This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor's rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor's rights, still for the creditor's rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5.The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor's rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don't pay dividends.

 

 

 

 

Article 12 Change in the main contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don't need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

 

Article 13 Events of default and breach of contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

 

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

 

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

 

 

 

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

 

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor's solvency.

 

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

 

 

 

 

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

 

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

 

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

 

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

 

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

 

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

 

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

 

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

 

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor's liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

 

 

 

 

Article 14 The independence of the guarantor’s obligations

 

1. The guarantor's obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

 

Article 15 The continuity of obligation

 

1. All the guarantor's obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

 

 

 

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

 

Article 16 Priority subrogation arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of "security law".

 

Article 17 Offsetting arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

 

 

 

 

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: Pan Dangyu

 

Detailed Address: Workshop Building A, Shunchao Industrial Zone, Renmin Road, Danhu Community, Guanlan Street, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City

 

Zip Code: 518172 Tel.: ***
   
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨     Post; ¨     Fax, No.                              ; ¨     E-mail, Address:                               ;

 

¨     SMS, Receiving No.:*** .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

 

 

 

 

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

 

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

 

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

 

 

 

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

 

Article 20 The contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties..

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

  

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6. The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

 

 

 

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Article 21 The notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor's rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people's court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Article 22 Supplement:

 

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]
   
The legal representative (signature):

 

The guarantor :

 

The guarantor (signature):   Pan Dangyu ID NO:***

 

 

 

 

The guarantor's spouse special commitment:

 

Himself as a surety of a spouse, as well as the performance of this guarantee contract agreed to the guarantor, have to pay special attention to the contract terms and related rights and obligations and black restrict or exemption clauses, and on a comprehensive and accurate understanding and the terms of the contract is given priority to with the common property of husband and wife agreed to in accordance with the contract debt under contract to provide joint liability guarantee.

 

Signature: Yin Zhoutao ID: ***

  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

Basic Credit Line Contract

 

Reference: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit zi (2019) No. 0071

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: NO.113, Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang town, Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Xiaoxia Wen

 

Contact: Zhang Songjiang

 

Address: NO.113, Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang town, Shenzhen

 

Postal Code: 518172 Fax:
   
Tel: *** Fax:***

 

Guarantor: HUIZHOU HIGHPOWER TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 

Address: XINHU ,MAAN TOWN,HUICHENG District, HUIZHOU

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu

 

Contact: SUN XUN

 

Address: XINHU ,MAAN TOWN,HUICHENG District, HUIZHOU

 

Postal Code:518000 Fax :
   
Tel: *** Fax:

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, futian, shenzhen

 

 

 

 

Important Prompt

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm the following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

3. Your company and you understand the meaning of this contract and the relevant legal consequences, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplementing and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions on this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

After application, creditor agrees to provide a basic credit line to debtor. To clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, and abide by credit, the contracting parties sign this contract agreed together according to relevant state laws and regulations.

 

Clause 1 Definitions and interpretation

 

Except agreed in writing by the contracting parties, the following words in this contract will be explained as follows:

 

1. Basic credit line: based on comprehensive evaluation of management and risk of debtor, creditor will decide the maximum amount of comprehensive financing principal of debtor, including but not limited local foreign currency, various trade financing (issuing letter of credit, trust receipt, packing loan, export bill purchase, export bill purchase under collection and advanced against inward documentary bills, etc.) bank acceptance bill, notes discounted, notes repo, guarantee (including independent guarantee, demand guarantee, standby letter of credit, etc.) and so on.

 

2. Valid period of credit line is one uninterrupted period, during which the debtor can conduct business transactions stipulated under the basic credit line, with creditor’s consent. The basic credit line expires when the valid period of credit ends.

 

 

 

 

3. Balance: creditor will manage and control the balance of various businesses of debtor. The balance is the sum of used credit line, including undue balance and expired outstanding balance, as follows:

 

(1) Undue balance: the sum of undue outstanding debts which are used by debtor according to this contract.

 

(2) The due unpaid balance is the debt principal balance that the Creditor granted the Debtor, or is entitled for to perform certain legal responsibilities, but remained unpaid at the expiry date.

 

4. Macro contract: Basic credit line contract, which is signed by creditor and debtor.

 

Sub-contract: the specific business contract signed by two parties voluntarily. This contract is the macro contract of any sub-contracts, any sub-contract is an inalienable part of this contract, and has the same legal effect.

 

5. Principal debt: debt principal, interest and expense resulting from conducting various business transactions under this contract applied by debtor, including but not limited local foreign currency, various trade financing (such as issuing letter of credit, trust receipt, packing loan, export bill purchase, export bill purchase under collection and advanced against inward documentary bills, etc.) bank acceptance bill, notes discounted, notes repo, guarantee (including independent guarantee, demand guarantee, standby letter of credit, etc.) and so on. (Including principal, interest, punitive interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damage awards, expenses for realizing financial claim, etc.)

 

 

 

 

Expenses for realizing a financial claim: the money which creditor spends for realizing a financial claim by litigation, arbitration, etc. such as court (arbitration) costs, attorneys’ fees, traveling fees, execution fees, maintenance costs, and other necessary costs for realizing a financial claim.

 

6. Important transaction which is mentioned in clause 8 (including but not limited): anything which might have a bad effect on the basic organization of debtor’s company, changes of stockholders, contingent liabilities, cash flows, profitability, core business secrets, important assets, significant claims and debts, repayment ability, other transactions which are considered as significant transactions by creditor and/or debtor.

 

7. Important transaction which is mentioned in clause 8 (including but not limited): anything which may have bad effect on executives’ operational capability, employment and termination of core staff, core business secrets, core competence, basic organization, legality, stability, development, profitability, repayment ability, other things which are considered as significant things by creditor and/or debtor.

 

 

 

 

8. Workday mentioned in this contract refers to a banking day. If the drawdown date or the repayment date is on a legal holiday, then it is delayed to the first working day after the holiday.

 

Clause 2 Credit Line

 

1. The maximum amount of basic credit line is RMB (in words) TWENTY MILLION YUAN ONLY. If debtor uses foreign currency in specific business, the foreign currency will be converted to RMB according to the exchange rate announced by creditor on the date when the applicable sub-contract is signed, and will be included in credit line.

 

2. Decomposition of credit line

 

(1) Bank acceptance: RMB20,000,000

 

3. If the Debtor repays the used line of credit within valid period of credit line, the equivalent amount of credit line recovers automatically.

 

4. The financing balance should not be more than RMB 20,000,000, including all debts used by debtor according to this contract, and the single credit line cannot be more than RMB 20,000,000.

 

Clause 3 Valid Period and Adjustment of Credit Line

 

1. Valid period of credit line under this contract is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

 

 

  

2. This contract is not the definite obligation of creditor, in any circumstance, creditor has the right to adjust or cancel the credit line and valid period under this contract partly or completely without the consent of debtor. Foregoing “any circumstance” includes but not limited following situations:

 

(1) debtor has significant operational difficulties and risks;

 

(2) debtor has significant changes in ownership or contingent debt;

 

(3) debtor has significant changes in its operational mechanism (including but not limited discrete, merger, termination, etc.);

 

(4) debtor gets hit with credit downgrade and which increases risk of repayment;

 

(5) the situation and conditions of one transaction, which Debtor works on, have significant changes;

 

(6) the statements and commitments of debtor mentioned in clause 7 become invalid;

 

(7) other creditors think it is necessary to change, adjustment or cancel debtor’s credit line.

 

3. If debtor needs to increase temporary the credit line because of a change of situation or special project, debtor can apply for special credit line from creditor, which can only be used for special project, and should not be used as cycle.

 

 

 

  

Clause 4 Repayment and adjustment of advance in cash and receipt under different credit line

 

Creditor has the right to use the funds received under one or more of the lines to repay the advanced money which is used according to this contract, without the consent of debtor and guarantor.

 

Clause 5 Guarantee Measures

 

1. The following contracts are guarantee contracts of this contract and sub-contracts.

 

(1) REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0071C" Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), guarantor: Dangyu Pan, mode: guarantee;

 

(2) REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0071 "Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), guarantor: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co Ltd, mode: guarantee;

 

(3) REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0071A "Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), guarantor: Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co Ltd, mode: guarantee;

 

(4) REF: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0071B "Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract" (the name of the contract), : Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Company Limited, mode: guarantee.

 

 

 

 

2. Before the signing of guarantee contracts and completing the guarantee procedures, creditor has the right to refuse handling an application for using the credit line under this contract, and providing the loans under this contract and sub-contracts.

 

3. The maximum guarantee for all debts under the credit line should be provided by the above guarantors (guarantor, mortgagor or pledger), except as agreed by creditor, debtor and guarantor.

 

4. If following things happen to the guarantor under this contract, creditor has the right to take measures according to clause 9 of this contract.

 

(1) Guarantor violates the maximum guarantee contract; a deterioration of guarantor’s credit position; or other things, which may damage guarantee ability happen;

 

(2) Mortgager violates the maximum mortgage contract; damages mortgage intentionally; the value of mortgage might has been reduced obviously; or other things which damage the hypothecation of creditor;

 

(3) Pledger violates the maximum pledge contract; the value of pledge has been reduced obviously; or the right of pledge has to be cashed in advance; or other things which damage the pledge of creditor.

 

 

 

 

Clause 6 The Rights and Obligations of Creditor

 

1. During credit period, if the accumulated total balance used by debtor is less than the maximum capital limit, creditor will review a loan application which is within the limit from debtor. The application will be accepted if it meets each of the conditions and requirements requested by creditor. If Creditor is unable to make a substantive examination because of debtor or any other reasons, it should not constitute a defense. Debtor and guarantor give up considering it as a defense.

 

2. Creditor has the right to acquire the accounting statements and other operational information of debtor. Debtor should provide its marketing plan, investment plan and demand for funds. Creditor will keep debtor’s business secret.

 

3. In order to achieve the purpose of financing under this contract, the debtor should provide a full, effective guarantee, which is recognized by creditor. If debtor or guarantor violates the contract, creditor has the right to seize any form of assets of the Debtor or Guarantor that the Creditor possesses

 

 

 

 

Clause 7 Representations and Commitments of Debtor

 

Debtor makes the following representations and commitments voluntarily, and assumes legal responsibility for the reality of the content.

 

1. Debtor is a legal representative, which is established according to the laws of People’s Republic of China, with full capacity for civil conduct. Debtor promises to provide related information requested by creditor.

 

2. Debtor can perform all obligations and responsibilities under this contract, and will assume the repayment responsibility in any conditions.

 

3. Debtor has the right to sign this contract, and has acquired all legal approvals and authorities.

 

4. Signing this contract is allowed by debtor’s articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of shareholders and board of directors. This contract will not conflict with the articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of shareholders and board of directors and policies of debtor.

 

5. Signing and performing this contract is the true willing decision of debtor. Signing and performing the above contract will not violate the laws and regulations, rules and agreements which can limit debtor. This contract is legal and enforceable, and if this contract become invalid because debtor does not have full capacity to sign this contract, debtor should repay all losses of creditor.

 

 

 

 

6. All documents, financial statements and other information, which are provided by debtor under this contract, are true, complete, accurate and effective.

 

7. Debtor agrees that bank business under this contract is limited to the regulations, conventions and practices of creditor, and the power of interpretation belongs to creditor.

 

8. Debtor cannot change its equity structure or major executives without written consent of creditor.

 

9. If debtor does not perform obligations according to this contract and sub-contract, debtor grants creditor the right to obtain relevant money from any account which is opened in creditor by debtor.

 

10. In any transactions after signing this contract, if the debtor submits any documents related to a specific transaction to creditor for auditing, debtor promises all documents are true. Creditor neither participates in nor knows the essence of transaction, and will not take any responsibility.

 

11. The debtor confirms it has no further litigation, arbitration, or administrative litigation in property, liquidation or issues with going out of business, except situations which have been disclosure in writing to creditor.

 

 

 

  

12. If creditor is involved in litigation, arbitration or another dispute because of performing the obligations under this contract,the litigation or arbitration fees, legal fees and other expenses of creditor will be borne by the debtor.

 

13. All settlement businesses under this contract should be handled through the settlement account open in creditor.

 

14. The debtor provides full, effective or other appropriate acceptable guarantee approved by the creditor. For the house mortgage, if the house will be removed, the debtor shall promptly inform the creditor to fulfill obligations; if mortgage houses were demolished, the creditor has the right to require the debtor to pay off the debt in advance, or reset the mortgage and sign a new security agreement. During the loss of the original guarantee and the new mortgage registration has not been completed, the debtor should provide the secured party as guarantees; For the way of compensation to compensate for the demolition of real estate, the creditor will be responsible for requesting relocation compensation as guarantee through the opening margin accounts or certificates of deposit , etc.

 

Clause 8 Debtor has the obligation to disclosure significant transactions and events to creditor.

 

1. Debtor should inform creditor of significant transactions and events of debtor in writing timely.

 

 

 

 

2. If debtor is a group company, debtor should inform creditor of its related transactions which are more than 10% of creditor’s net assets, including but not limited to :

 

(1) the relationship of the parties in the transaction;

 

(2) transactions and transaction properties;

 

(3) the amount of transaction and relevant proportion;

 

(4) pricing policy.

 

3. During valid period of this contract, stock transfers, reorganizations, mergers, discrete, shareholding reforms, joint ventures, cooperations, joint operations, contracts, leases, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfers, contingent liabilities, or anything which may affect debtor’s ability to assume responsibility should be reported to creditor in writing 30 days in advance.

 

4. A termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involvement in a major business dispute, or anything may affect debtor’s ability to assume responsibility should be reported to creditor in 7 days by writing from the date the above thing took place.

 

5. When debtor becomes involved in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or any other significant thing which may affect debtor’s ability to assume responsibility occurs, creditor should be notified in writing within 7 days from the date debtor receives relevant notice.

 

 

 

 

6. The debtor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with a third party to damage creditor’s rights.

 

Clause 9 Default and default Liability

 

1. After this contract comes into force, the creditor and the debtor should perform the obligations as agreed in the contract. If any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill its obligations of this contract, it should bear the corresponding liability for breach the contract.

 

2. If any of the following situations occur, creditor has the right to terminate the unused credit line under this contract, and ask the debtor to repay all financing, payable interest and other expenses under this contract immediately. The date the creditor asks the debtor to repay the money is the advanced expiration date:

 

(1) any information provided by debtor or the statements and commitments stated in clause 7 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading;

 

(2) deterioration of debtor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

(3) the cross default agreed in clause 10 of this contract occurs to the debtor, the affiliated enterprise of the debtor, the guarantor, or the affiliated enterprise of the guarantor;

 

 

 

(4) the debtor violates the obligations agreed to in a sub-contract of this contract;

 

(5) the debtor fails to repay the principal, interest and expenses of one financing under this contract on schedule;

 

(6) the debtor stops repaying its own debt, or cannot repay due debt;

 

(7) stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(8) other thing which may damage creditor’s right.

 

3. If the debtor defaults, creditor has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) suspending or reducing the sum of financing, until cancelling all agreed line of financing;

 

(2) announcing complete or part of debtor’s debt expire in advance;

 

(3) terminating this contract, and asking debtor to repay all debt and pay relevant expenses;

 

(4) the debtor should pay punitive interest for overdue debt;

 

(5) the debtor should pay punitive interest for misappropriation of the loan;

 

(6) requiring the debtor to pay full compensation for losses.

 

 

 

 

Clause 10 the cross-defaulting

 

If one of the following events occurs to the debtor or affiliated enterprises of the debtor, and the guarantor or the affiliated enterprises of the guarantor, it will be considered that debtor default as well, the creditor have the right to recover loan in advance according to this contract or its sub-contract, and require the debtor to be liable for breach of contract according to the contract:

 

(1) any loan, financing or debt defaults or may default, or be called for repayment in advance;

 

(2) any guarantee or similar obligation fails to be performed or might fail;

 

(3) the non-performance or violation of the relevant debt guarantee and other similar obligations of legal document or contract or might;

 

(4) failure to repay due debts or borrowing/financing;

 

(5) be declared bankrupt by the legal procedure or may be so declared;

 

(6) other situations that endanger the safety of the money under this contract.

 

Clause 11 the continuity of obligation

 

All obligations of the debtor under this contract have the same effect on its heir apparent, agent, receiver, or assignee, even after a merger, reorganization, or change of name.

 

 

 

 

Clause 12 accelerated maturity terms of principal and interest

 

The debtor and the guarantor agree that once the debtor fails to perform the statements and commitments of Clause 7, or the debtor fails to perform any obligation under this contract, the creditor has the right to decide that any other obligations include all outstanding principal, interest (including punitive interest and compound interest) and relevant expenses become due immediately.

 

Clause 13 The Priority Right of Subrogation Arrangement

 

The debtor states herein, once the debtor defaults or is unable to repay due principal, interest and fees, and does not have enough property to repay advanced money to creditor, Creditor has the right of subrogation on any claim, accounts receivable and other property rights of the debtor. The debtor and the guarantor are willing to give up the defense to creditor according to article 28 of “Guarantee Law”.

 

Clause 14 Offset Arrangement

 

1. If the debtor or the guarantor fail to repay maturing debt or pay the debt upon early maturity, the creditor has the right to directly withhold money on any account of the debtor to repay the debt. If the currency in the debtor’s account is different from the currency of principal debt, the withholding money will be calculated on the rate of withholding day.

 

 

 

 

2. Creditor’s rights under this contract will not be offset by any reason or any third party’s offset right.

 

3. Creditor’s rights under this contract will not be offset by any offset right of the debtor, the guarantor or any third party.

 

Clause 15 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Signing, effectiveness, performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement of this contract is applicable for the laws of People’s Republic of China.

 

2. For any dispute of this contract, the debtor and the creditor should resolve through friendly negotiations. If negotiation fails, both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) way:

 

(2) Applying for arbitration to the Shenzhen Arbitration Commission, resolving the dispute by applicable rules of the Arbitration Commission, the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

3. In the dispute period, the provisions which are not involved in the dispute still should be carried out according to this contract.

 

 

 

 

Clause 16 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. Any documents, communications and notifications under this contract will be sent to each party according to the address, phone number or other contact methods on the cover of this contract.

 

2. If the contact method of one party changed, the other party should be informed immediately, otherwise the party which does not inform its change to the other must bear full responsibility for all the consequences.

 

3. Any documents, communications and notifications are sent according to above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the sending day after five working days;

 

(2) by facsimile or other electronic communication, it will be deemed to arrive on sending day;

 

(3) by personal service, the date of signing is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

4. The two sides agree that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staff of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

 

 

 

Clause 17 Effectiveness, Modification of This Contract and Other Matters

 

1. The contract will take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties.

 

2. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor’s giving to the debtor and the guarantor of any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the debtor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

3. As a result of national laws and regulations or regulatory policy change, which leads to loan obligations of the creditor under this contract not conforming to the laws and regulations or regulatory requirements, the creditor has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract, announce all of the loan is due in advance, and the debtor should pay off the loan immediately.

 

4. If the creditor cannot issue the loan or pay on time because of force majeure, the failure of communication or network, or the failure of creditor’s system, the creditor does not assume any responsibility, but should promptly notify the debtor.

 

 

 

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branches of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, which is approved by the debtor, and without prior consent of the debtor.

 

6. The debtor agrees that the creditor has the right to unilaterally reduce or cancel the unused loan under the contract according to the debtor’s production and operation situation, situation of payment or credit of other financial institutions. The creditor should notify the debtor five working days before reduce or cancel the loans, without prior consent of the debtor.

 

7. At any time, any provision of this contract in any way is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity or enforceability of other provisions under the contract is not affected.

 

8. The heading of this contract is just for the convenience of reading, which shall not be used for interpretation or any other purposes.

 

9. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

 

 

 

10. This contract is in quadruplicate, the creditor holds three copies, the debtor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Clause 18 The Notarization and Voluntarily to Accept Compulsory Execution

 

1. The contract should be notarized by the state notary office for if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt, or the creditor realize creditor's rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people's court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Clause 19 The Supplementary Terms and Conditions:

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: SUN XUN

 

Detailed Address: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Zip Code: 518000 Tel.: ***
   
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

 

 

 

¨       Post;        ¨     Fax,     No.                                              ;          ¨         E-mail, Address: ;

 

¨     SMS, Receiving No.:*** .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

/s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
   
The Creditor (official seal):  
   
The legal representative (signature):  

  

The Debtor (official seal):  
   
The legal representative (signature):  
   
/s/ Dangyu Pan  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4(a)

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract

 

(Apply to lines of credit)

 

Ref: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0071B

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang Town, Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

 

Guarantor: icon energy system (Shenzhen) co., ltd.

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, Futian, Shenzhen

 

Important notes:

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

 

 

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier ("creditor") to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (or "debtor"). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

 

Article 1 definition and interpretation

 

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

 

 

 

2. The "claims" or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers' acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The "principal" refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers' acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The "guaranteed maximum principal" means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The "validity of guarantee" refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

 

 

 

6. "The cost of the claim for the creditor" refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. "Master Contract" means credit contract (that is, "General Agreement") and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

"Sub-contract" means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This "working day" refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

 

 

 

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin Shen Longgang credit zi (2019) No. 0071), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB twenty million only, credit period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

 

1. Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) TWENTY-FOUR MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

 

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor's request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

 

 

  

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

 

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract ("the secured claims") refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

 

 

 

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

 

Article 7 warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

 

 

 

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

6. The warranty period of bankers' acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 on demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

 

Article 9 declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor's request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

 

 

  

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority's approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

 

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor's policies.

 

 

 

 

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor's true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

 

 

 

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

  

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

 

 

 

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people's bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

 

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1. Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

 

 

  

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

 

Article 11 The rights of creditors

 

1.The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2.The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3.As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

4.This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor's rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor's rights, still for the creditor's rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5.The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor's rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don't pay dividends.

 

 

 

 

Article 12 Change in the main contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don't need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

 

Article 13 events of default and breach of contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

 

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

 

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

 

 

 

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

 

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor's solvency.

 

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

 

 

 

  

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

 

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

 

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

 

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

 

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

 

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

 

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

 

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

 

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor's liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

 

 

 

 

Article 14 the independence of the guarantor’s obligations

 

1. The guarantor's obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

  

Article 15 the continuity of obligation

 

1. All the guarantor's obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

 

 

 

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

 

Article 16 priority subrogation arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of "security law".

 

Article 17 offsetting arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

 

 

 

 

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: Icon Energy System (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

Detailed Address: 4/f, Building A East, Jinmeiwei Industrial Park, High Technology Park, Shangkeng Community, Guanlan Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen

 

Zip Code: 518000 Tel.:***
   
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨     Post; ¨     Fax, No.          ; ¨     E-mail, Address:           ;

 

¨     SMS, Receiving No.:***           .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

 

 

 

 

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

 

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

 

 

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

 

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

 

Article 20 the contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties..

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

 

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6.The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

 

 

 

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

  

Article 21 the notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor's rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people's court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Article 22 supplement:

 

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
the legal representative (signature):  
     
The guarantor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
the legal representative (signature):  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4(b)

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract

 

(Apply to lines of credit)

 

Ref: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No.0071A

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang Town, Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

 

Guarantor: Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, Futian, Shenzhen

 

Important notes:

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

 

 

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier (“creditor”) to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (or “debtor”). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

 

Article 1 definition and interpretation

 

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

 

 

 

2. The “claims” or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The “principal” refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers’ acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The “guaranteed maximum principal” means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The “validity of guarantee” refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

 

 

 

6. “The cost of the claim for the creditor” refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. “Master Contract” means credit contract (that is, “General Agreement”) and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

“Sub-contract” means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This “working day” refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

 

 

 

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin Shen Longgang credit zi (2019) No. 0071), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB twenty million only, credit period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

 

1.Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) TWENTY-FOUR MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2.2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

  

 

 

 

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor’s request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

 

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract (“the secured claims”) refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

 

 

 

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

 

Article 7 Warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

 

 

 

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

6. The warranty period of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 On demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

 

Article 9 Declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor’s request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

 

 

 

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority’s approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

 

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor’s policies.

 

 

 

 

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor’s true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

 

 

 

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

 

 

 

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people’s bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

 

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1. Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

 

 

 

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

 

Article 11 The rights of creditors

 

1.The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2.The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3.As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

4.This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor’s rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor’s rights, still for the creditor’s rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5.The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor’s rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don’t pay dividends.

 

 

 

 

Article 12 Change in the main contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don’t need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

 

Article 13 events of default and breach of contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

 

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

 

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

 

 

  

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

 

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor’s solvency.

 

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

 

 

 

 

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

 

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

 

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

 

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

 

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

 

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

 

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

 

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

 

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor’s liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

  

 

 

 

Article 14 The independence of the guarantor’s obligations

 

1. The guarantor’s obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

 

Article 15 The continuity of obligation

 

1. All the guarantor’s obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

 

 

 

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

 

Article 16 Priority subrogation arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of “security law”.

 

Article 17 Offsetting arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

 

 

 

 

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd

 

Detailed Address: Factory A, Chaoshun Industrial Zone, Renmin Road, Fumin Residential Area, Guanlan, BaoAn District,Shenzhen City

 

Zip Code: 518000 Tel.: ***
   
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨     Post; ¨     Fax, No          ; ¨     E-mail, Address:          ;

 

¨     SMS, Receiving No.:***          .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

 

 

 

 

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

 

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

 

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

 

 

  

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

 

Article 20 The contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties..

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

 

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6. The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

 

 

 

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Article 21 The notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor’s rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people’s court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Article 22 Supplement:

 

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
The legal representative (signature):  
     
The guarantor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
The legal representative (signature):  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4(c)

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract

 

(Apply to lines of credit)

 

Ref: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0071

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang Town,Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

 

Guarantor: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Pan Dangyu

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, Futian, Shenzhen

 

Important notes:

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

 

 

 

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier (“creditor”) to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (or “debtor”). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

 

Article 1 definition and interpretation

 

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

 

 

 

2. The “claims” or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The “principal” refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers’ acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The “guaranteed maximum principal” means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The “validity of guarantee” refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

 

 

 

6. “The cost of the claim for the creditor” refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. “Master Contract” means credit contract (that is, “General Agreement”) and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

“Sub-contract” means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This “working day” refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

  

 

 

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin Shen Longgang credit zi (2019) No. 0071), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB twenty million only, credit period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

 

1. Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) TWENTY-FOUR MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

 

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor’s request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

 

 

 

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

 

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract (“the secured claims”) refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

 

 

 

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

 

Article 7 warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

 

 

 

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

6. The warranty period of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 on demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

 

Article 9 declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor’s request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

 

 

  

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority’s approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

 

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor’s policies.

 

 

 

 

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor’s true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

 

 

 

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

 

 

 

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people’s bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

  

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1. Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

 

 

 

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

 

Article 11 The rights of creditors

 

1.The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2.The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3.As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

4.This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor’s rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor’s rights, still for the creditor’s rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5.The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor’s rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don’t pay dividends.

 

 

 

 

Article 12 Change in the main contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don’t need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

 

Article 13 Events of default and breach of contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

 

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

 

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

 

 

 

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

 

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor’s solvency.

 

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

 

 

 

 

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

 

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

 

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

 

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

 

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

 

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

 

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

 

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

 

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor’s liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

 

 

 

 

Article 14 The independence of the guarantor’s obligations

 

1. The guarantor’s obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

 

Article 15 The continuity of obligation

 

1. All the guarantor’s obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

 

 

  

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

 

Article 16 Priority subrogation arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of “security law”.

 

Article 17 Offsetting arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

  

 

 

 

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: Shenzhen Highpower Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Detailed Address: Bldg. 1, No. 68, Xinsha Road, Pinghu Street, Longgang District, Shenzhen 

 

Zip Code: 518000 Tel.: ***
   
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨     Post; ¨     Fax, No.          ; ¨     E-mail, Address:          ;

 

¨     SMS, Receiving No.:***           .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

 

 

 

 

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

 

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

 

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

 

 

 

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

 

Article 20 The contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties.

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

 

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

 5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6. The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

 

 

 

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Article 21 The notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor’s rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people’s court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Article 22 Supplement:

 

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
The legal representative (signature):  
     
The guarantor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
The legal representative (signature):  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4(d)

 

Maximum Amount Guaranty Contract

 

(Apply to lines of credit)

 

 Ref: Xing Yin Shen Longgang credit (guarantee) zi (2019) No. 0071C

 

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. , Shenzhen Longgang Branch

 

Address: Parkland, Longxiang Road, Longgang Town,Shenzhen

 

Legal Representative / CEO: Wen Xiaoxia

 

Guarantor: Pan Dangyu

 

ID NO:***

 

Contract signed at: Industrial Bank Building, Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shenzhen Branch, Futian, Shenzhen

 

Important notes:

 

For protecting your rights and interests, please read, check and confirm following items carefully before signing:

 

1. You have the right to sign this contract. Or you have been given sufficient authority legally.

 

 

 

 

2. You have read and understood this contract carefully and sufficiently, and have paid attention on assuming, exempting or limiting responsibilities of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., and the content with bold font.

 

3. Your company and you have understood the meaning of this contract and relevant legal consequence, and agree to accept these provisions.

 

4. The contract provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. is a model contract. There is space for modifying, supplement and deleting.

 

5. If you have further questions to this contract, please consult Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

The guarantor is voluntary as a financier (“creditor”) to provide security for the line of credit of the applicant Huizhou Highpower Technology Co., Ltd. (or “debtor”). In order to clarify the rights and duties, abide by credit, the contracting parties signed this contract in accordance with relevant laws and regulations to comply with.

 

Article 1 definition and interpretation

 

In addition to agreed in writing by both parties, then:

 

1. The master contract (as defined below) agreed definitions and interpretations applicable to this contract.

 

 

 

 

2. The “claims” or called the principal debt, means the debt approval and provided by the creditor, including loans, lending, trade finance (including but not limited to issuing letters of credit, trust receipts, packing loans, export financing, export collection bills and import bills, etc.), bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills , bills buyback, guarantees (including the Independent guarantees, see demand guarantees and standby letters of credit, etc.) and other financing business (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, cost of achieving the claim).

 

Under this contract, the claim of the financier and the debt of the applicant mean the same content.

 

3. The “principal” refers to the principal debt made by the business transacted by the financier, including but not limited to the principal loans, trade finance capital, bankers’ acceptances fare, bill discounting, money advanced for credit of letter, the principal part of guaranteed by the creditor for the debtor.

 

4. The “guaranteed maximum principal” means the amount agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims guaranteed by the covenant. Regardless of times and sum of the debt, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

5. The “validity of guarantee” refers to a continuous uninterrupted period agreed by both parties in order to clarify the scope of the claims by the covenant. The debt happened during the period, whether the settlement deadline is over that period or not, the guarantor takes joint liability for all debt under the guaranteed maximum principal.

 

 

 

  

6. “The cost of the claim for the creditor” refers to the necessary fees of achieving the credit, including take litigation, arbitration and other ways to pay litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, security fees, and other expenses.

 

7. “Master Contract” means credit contract (that is, “General Agreement”) and all sub-contract signed by the financier and the applicant.

 

“Sub-contract” means based on the basic or special contract, the contract signed by both parties after getting approval of the creditor, include the content of each sum, the due date and other rights and obligations. The sub-contract is an integral part of the basic or special contract, with the same legal effect. The forms of contract can be different according to business needs, as the application of L/C, bills or other manner considered fit by the creditor. If the master contract and sub-contract has different part, the sub-contract will be effective.

 

8. This “working day” refers to the bank business day, If a withdrawal or repayment date is not a Business Day, delay to the next business day.

 

 

 

 

Article 2 the main credit contract of guarantee

 

The master contract of guarantee is Basic Credit Line Contract (No. XingYin Shen Longgang credit zi (2019) No. 0071), and its sub-contracts. The sum of credit is RMB twenty million only, credit period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020.

 

The guarantor will be borne joint liability for all debts under the master contract.

 

Article 3 Maximum guarantee principal

 

1. Under this contract, maximum guarantee principal is RMB (in word) TWENTY-FOUR MILLION YUAN ONLY.

 

2. Under the maximum guarantee principal, the guarantor is borne joint liability for all debt balance (including principal, interest, penalty, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, realization of claims).

 

Article 4 validity of guarantee

 

1. Valid period is from 19th Mar 2019 to 19th Mar 2020..

 

2. The loan under the contract can be used only when during the period of validity, but the guarantor is borne joint liability for each debt whether the debt is in or over the validity of the guarantee contract.

 

Article 5 guarantee responsibility

 

1. The guarantor is borne joint liability under this contract. For whatever reason, if the applicant fails to fulfill due debts under the master contract (including but not limited to early recovery of debts because of the default of the applicant or the guarantor’s request), the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation on behalf of the debtor.

 

 

 

 

2. If there are several guarantors under this contract, all guarantors shall jointly bear joint responsibility.

 

3. Main debts expire, the debtor fails to repay the debt and interest, the guarantor shall perform the repayment obligation.

 

4. Furthering the period of the main debt, if the creditor recovers the debt in advance according to the master contract, the guarantor shall bear joint responsibility for this and other debts under the guarantee contract.

 

Article 6 scope of guarantee

 

1. The financial claims under this contract (“the secured claims”) refers to all debts provided by the creditor to the debtor, including but not limited to the principal debt, interest (including default interest, compound interest), breach of contract , damages , expenses of claims.

 

2. On the due date, if the applicant refused to repay the loan, which lead to the debt rights also in the range of the guarantee.

 

3. The principal , interest and other costs, the time of performance, usage, rights and obligations of the parties as well as any other relevant matters under the contract shall prevail by relevant agreements, contracts, application, notice , various certificates and other records, all kinds of certificates and other relevant legal documents issued or signed without guarantor’s confirmation.

 

 

 

 

4. In order to avoid ambiguity, all fees of prepare, improve, perform or enforce the contract (including, but not limited to attorney’s fees, litigation or arbitration costs etc.) constitute a part of the secured debt.

 

Article 7 Warranty period

 

The warranty period under the contract:

 

1. The warranty period under the contract is calculated according to each financing applied by the applicant. For each financing, the warranty period is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

2. If there are several financings in one master contract, the warranty period of each financing is ended after two years of the expiration.

 

3. If the principal debt is repayable in installments, there are several financings in one master contract, each warranty period is calculated in installments, and the guarantor shall bear responsibility for two years from the date of expiry.

 

4. If any extension agreement is signed by financier and debtor without agreed by the guarantor, the guarantor will still bear responsibility for all financing under the contract within two years from the date of extension expiry.

 

 

 

 

5. If the financier decides to recover the debts in advance, the warranty period is two years since the date of expiry noticed by the financier.

 

6. The warranty period of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and letters of guarantee is two years from the date of advance payments. If advance for several times, warranty period is calculated from each advance payment.

 

7. The warranty period of commercial bills is two years from the date of discount maturity.

 

Article 8 On demand

 

As long as financiers submitted notification of debt collection to the guarantor with the contract number and the amount of debt, the guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment and give up all reasons of defense.

 

Article 9 Declaration and commitment of guarantor

 

The guarantor voluntarily made the following statement and commitment, and liable for its truthfulness:

 

1. The guarantor is established under the laws and a validly existing legal company, with full civil capacity. The guarantor follows the creditor’s request to provide relevant evidence, permits, certificates and other documents required by the creditor.

 

 

 

 

2. The guarantor has sufficient capacity to fulfill all the obligations and responsibility under the contract, not because of any instruction, financial conditions change, or any agreement with any party to reduce or waive their commitment to settle the obligation.

 

3. The guarantor has sufficient power, authority and legal right to sign this contract, the guarantor has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approvals and authorizations of its internal or other relevant procedures to make the contract execution and performance, and has achieved and fulfilled any government department or other authority’s approval, registration, authorization, consent, license or other relevant procedures for this contract, and signed this contract with all the necessary approvals, registrations, consents, licenses , authorizations and other related procedures remain fully valid.

 

4. The guarantor signed the contract in full compliance with the relevant Articles of the guarantor, the internal decisions, shareholders and board resolution. The contract does not conflict with any charter, internal decisions, shareholders resolutions, board resolution and the guarantor’s policies.

 

 

 

 

5. The execution and performance of this contract is based on the guarantor’s true intention. Loan facility is compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, execution and performance of this contract does not violate any binding law, regulation, ordinance or the contract. This contract is valid and enforceable, as a result of the guarantor’s defects in the execution and performance of this contract to result in the contract is invalid, the guarantor will immediately and unconditionally make compensation for all losses to the creditor.

 

6. Under this contract, all the documents, financial statements and other information provided by the guarantor is true, complete, accurate and effective, and continue to fulfill the creditor’s request of the financial indicators.

 

7. Such as a change in ownership structure or key management personnel or other significant events and significant transactions, the guarantor shall require the prior written consent of the financer.

 

9. When the guarantor has fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the guarantor has the right to recover the money from the applicant without prejudice the repayment in the future. However, if the applicant has the claim of the guarantor and the requirement of repayment from the financier at the same time, the guarantor agreed the applicant to repay the debt of the financier first.

 

10. If the applicant and the guarantor have or will sign a counter- guarantee contract in respect of the obligations under the contract, the counter-guarantee contract shall not prejudice any rights of the financier in law or in fact under the contract.

 

 

 

 

11. Before pay off the debts, regardless of any reason lead to reduce the guarantee ability of guarantor, the financier has the right to require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee.

 

12. There was no any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings for the guarantor’s outstanding or known to occur on the guarantor, and there was no events of liquidation or other similar proceedings whether it comes forward by the guarantor or by a third party.

 

13. If the creditor is forced into disputes between the guarantor and any other party because of fulfilling the obligations under the contract, the guarantor should pay litigation or arbitration costs, legal costs and other expenses.

 

14. As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

15. The guarantor is a company, the commitment to its publication in the national enterprise credit information system of the public information is true, complete and valid, the consent of the guarantor promises continued creditors to query the system in the enterprises to choose the public and not the public information. If required by the creditor to capital verification, the guarantor agrees to capital verification in accordance with the requirements of the creditors and provide professional agency issue a capital verification report.

 

16. For under this contract and the guarantor/issuer and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee under the contract or other contract of any event of default, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditors in written form.

 

17. The guarantor if the state administration for industry and commerce or other relevant departments of the state in any establishment, modification or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the creditors prior to application for registration, and immediately after the completion of the registration of the relevant registration copy and submit it to the creditors.

 

 

 

 

18. The guarantor in this declaration and authorization, the creditor shall have the right to the credit condition of the guarantor has the necessary investigation, and may, according to government departments, bank regulators, and the people’s bank of China on the need of construction enterprise and individual credit reporting work, the information about the contract and other relevant information to the departments or institutions established or approved credit inquiry system to submit the credit information, and allows information to be legitimate query here.

 

Article 10 Obligations of disclosing important transactions and events

 

1. Guarantor should inform financer of significant transactions and events of guarantor in written timely.

 

2. During valid period of this contract, stock transfer, reorganization, merger, discrete, shareholding reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contract, lease, business scope, change of registered capital, major asset transfer, contingent liability, or anything which may affect guarantor’s ability of assuming responsibility should be notified to financer in writing 30 days in advance.

 

3. Termination of business, going out of business, bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, deterioration of financial situation or involving in major business dispute, or anything may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility should be noticed to financer in 7 days by written since the date above things take place.

 

 

 

 

4. When guarantor involves in major litigation or arbitration with any third party, or other significant thing which may affect guarantor’s ability to assume responsibility, financer should be notified by written in 7 days since the date guarantor receives relevant notice.

 

5. The guarantor promises that it will not use its legal dispute with third party to damage financer’s right.

 

Article 11 The rights of creditors

 

1.The main creditor under the contract expires or the guarantor fails to perform under this contract, the financier has the right to directly deduct the funds from any account of the guarantor.

 

2.The creditor shall have the right to request the guarantor to provide at any time reflects the business situation and credit circumstance of financial reports, financial statements and other information.

 

3.As under the master contract , there are other guarantees ( including but not limited to guarantee , mortgage , pledge, standby and any other form of security ) , the guarantor agrees that one can give up part of security interest or security interest subordinated ( including the collateral is based on the collateral provided by the debtor) , financier and any mortgagor / pledgor (including the mortgagor / pledgor artificially is the debtor himself) can be varied by agreement and subordinated security interest, the amount of the secured creditor and other content, even if financiers made ​​the above act, the guarantor is still voluntary to bear all responsibility of this contract.

 

 

 

 

4.This contract prior to the establishment of the guarantee or is determined, do not need a guarantor agrees, the creditor shall have the right to the part or all of the creditor’s rights under the main contract and its corresponding guarantee rights transferred to a third party (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle). The guarantor agrees to have the transfer and transfer (if any) of the creditor’s rights, still for the creditor’s rights and the transferee in accordance with the contract agreement (or to establish a trust, the asset management plan and other special purpose vehicle) and the original security (if any) to provide guarantee to the creditor.

 

5.The guarantor if it is a company, if the guarantor in default under this contract, or may endanger realize creditor’s rights of the creditor, the creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders expire subscribed capital contribution obligation acceleration, the guarantor should be in accordance with the requirements for creditors in a timely manner the subscribed capital. The creditor shall have the right to demand the guarantor and its shareholders don’t pay dividends.

 

 

 

 

Article 12 Change in the main contract

 

Guarantor agrees and confirmed: the creditor and the debtor negotiation to modify, change the main contract, or financing under the main contract extension, are considered to be already prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, don’t need to inform the guarantor, the surety shall be relieved of the suretyship liability not breaks.

 

Article 13 Events of default and breach of contract

 

1. Since this contract comes into force, the financer and the guarantor shall perform the obligations as agreed in the contract, any one party fails to perform or not completely fulfill the obligation of this contract, shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2. One of the following circumstances is a guarantor defaults:

 

(1) Any information provided by guarantor and the statements and commitments stated in Article 9 of this contract are false, inaccurate, incomplete and misunderstood.

 

(2) the guarantor violates of the foregoing provisions of Article 10, not disclose the significant transactions and events

 

(3) Deterioration of guarantor’s credit status and obvious weakening of repayment ability (including contingent liability);

 

 

 

 

(4) Stopping doing business, going out of business, being announced bankruptcy, dissolution, cancellation of business license, involving in major business dispute, and deterioration of finance condition and so on;

 

(5) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of controlling shareholders, actual controllers or associates involve significant litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its material assets seizure, seizure, freezing, enforcement or be taken other measures to have the same effect.

 

(6) the guarantor/issuer or guarantor of the legal representative, the actual controllers, directors, supervisors and senior managers be taken other compulsory measures, criminal detention or be missing or is declared to be missing, lose the necessary capacity for civil conduct, unable to properly link, dies or is declared dead, death or after being declared dead no successor or legatee, property, receiver or the successor or legatee refused to accept the inheritance or bequest or guardian, the successor or legatee or property receiver refused to continue to perform the contract, under the guise of a marriage and relationship changes to transfer assets or trying to transfer assets, etc., lead to an adverse effect on the guarantor’s solvency.

 

(7) the guarantor under this contract and the bank of any department or agency (including the bank subsidiary), other Banks, non-banking financial institutions or units of financing contract, guarantee any event of default under the contract or other contract.

 

 

 

 

(8) Other thing which may damage financer’s right.

 

3. If the guarantor defaults, financer has the right to take one or more following measures:

 

(1) require the guarantor to remedy;

 

(2) require the guarantor to perform guarantee obligation in advance;

 

(3) require the guarantor to provide a new full and effective guarantee;

 

(4) require the guarantor to perform immediately guarantee responsibility;

 

(5) require the guarantor to pay under the main contract to finance ten percent of the principal as the breach of contract;

 

(6) request the guarantor to compensate by default all losses arising from the creditors;

 

(7) to revoke and withdraw the actions of the guarantor damage the interests of creditors in accordance with the law;

 

(8) directly deduct the guarantor of any account funds to repay its debt within the scope of guarantee;

 

(9) to other legal means to pursue the guarantor’s liability for breach of contract.

 

The guarantor shall make the implementation of the above measures and waive all defenses.

  

 

 

 

Article 14 The independence of the guarantor’s obligations

 

1. The guarantor’s obligations under this contract have independence with no effect of the relationship between any party and the third party, except there are stipulates.

 

2. The guarantee contract has independence, regardless of any conditions; the guarantee contract is effective even if the master contract is not effective. If the master contract is confirmed as invalid, then the guarantor still bear the joint liability for the debtor’s debts.

 

3. If the applicant violates the master contract (including but not limited to the applicant fails to use the loan under the sub-contract) , shall not affect the liability of guarantee, the guarantor cannot require to reduce or waive the responsibility of guarantee.

 

Article 15 The continuity of obligation

 

1. All the guarantor’s obligations under this contract have continuity, for his heir apparent, agent, receiver, the assignee and the main company after merger, reorganization, change the name is completely and equally binding.

 

2. The guarantor hereby acknowledges, financiers can continuously and cyclically to provide financing to the applicant under the contract, the guarantor has joint for liability of all claims, regardless of the times and sum of each financing.

 

 

 

 

3. The contract is a continuing guarantee, the guarantor shall bear responsibility of guarantee until the debts is paid off.

 

4. All or part of the release or discharge of the secured creditor based on any payments, guarantees or other disposition which have been declared invalid or must be repaid, the guarantor’s responsibility will be remain in force.

 

Article 16 Priority subrogation arrangements

 

The guarantor states that, once the guarantor cannot assume security responsibility, and the guarantor itself has not sufficient property to be repaid, the financier has priority right of any claims against third parties, accounts receivable and other property interests. The guarantor will voluntarily relinquish the defenses against the financier under Article 28 of “security law”.

 

Article 17 Offsetting arrangements

 

The right of the financier under the contract cannot offsetting by the guarantor’s or any other party’s right of offsetting.

 

 

 

 

Article 18 Files, Communications and Notifications

 

1. The parties of this Contract hereby confirm that their domiciles and service methods given herein are their service addresses and methods of relevant legal documents (including but not limited arbitration application, arbitration notice, case filing notice or acceptance notice, statement of defense, written counterclaim, evidence, notice of court session, award, mediation document, execution notice, notice of performance within a time limit, and other legal documents during hearing and execution of arbitration).

 

Recipient: Pan Dangyu

 

Detailed Address: XINHU ,MAAN TOWN, HUICHENG District, HUIZHOU

 

Zip Code: 516000 Tel.:***
   
Designated Agent (if any): Detailed Address:
   
Zip Code: Tel.:

 

The parties of this Contract hereby confirm and agree to send legal documents by personal delivery or by the following methods:

 

¨     Post; ¨     Fax, No.          ; ¨     E-mail, Address:           ;

 

¨     SMS, Receiving No.:***           .

 

The foregoing legal documents shall be deemed as having been served (to the principal if having been served to the designated agent) once they are sent by any means to the address given above. In case of change of any party’s service address and service method, the other party shall be timely notified in written form. If the other party is not timely notified, such change shall be deemed invalid and the party of change shall assume relevant responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

2. Any documents, communications and notifications sent by the way of the above address, shall be deemed to arrive on the following dates:

 

(1) by post (including speed post, ordinary letter, registered mail), it will be deemed to arrive on the day after five working day;

 

 

 

 

(2) by facsimile or other electronic means of communication, it will be deemed to arrive on day;

 

(3) by personal delivery, the date of recipient is deemed to be arriving date.

 

Notifications by the way of website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets announcement should be deemed to arrive on day. The creditor does not need to borne any responsibility for any transmission errors, omissions, or delays of mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

3. The two sides agreed that the seal of the office seal, financial seal, contract seal, receive seal and credit seal is the effective seal for the documents, communications and notifications. All staves of the debtor have right to receive files, communications and notifications.

 

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Effective performance, termination, interpretation and dispute settlement etc. of this contract is applicable for china laws.

 

2. For any dispute about this contract, guarantors and creditors should resolve through friendly consultations; If friendly negotiation fails, the both parties agree to solve by the following section (2) :

 

(2) To Shenzhen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, to resolve the dispute by the rules of the Arbitration Commission, that the arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. The site selection is in Shenzhen.

 

 

 

  

3. at the disputed period, the part of not involved has still to be carried out.

  

Article 20 The contract effectiveness and other matters

 

1. The contract shall take effect from the date of signature or stamp of both parties..

 

2. After the effective of this contract, the master contract signed by the financier and the applicant does not need to be confirmed by the guarantor.

 

3. (3) the guarantor has full read all the terms and conditions of this contract, and pay special attention to the terms of this contract with black font, at the request of the guarantor, the creditor has the corresponding provisions for the purpose of this contract to do, the guarantor/issuer the meanings of the terms of this contract and the corresponding legal consequences have all know and understand fully, volunteered to give priority to contract the debtor to provide guarantee, and guarantee obligations pursuant to this contract.

 

 

 

 

4. During the effective period of this contract, the creditor gives to the debtor and the guarantor any tolerance, forgiveness, or delay to use the rights and interests, shall not damage, impact or limit the creditor to share the rights and interests in accordance with relevant laws and regulations and this contract, or to be deemed giving up the rights and interests, also do not affect the guarantor to borne any obligation under this contract.

 

5. The creditor shall have the right to authorize or entrust other branch of industrial bank to perform rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to authorized or entrusted bank branches of other related contracts, etc.) according to the debtor’s operation and management, or the loan under this contract as other branch’s to undertake, without prior consent of the guarantor, and the guarantor still bear the responsibility of guarantee.

 

6.The main contract for the creditor to a debtor to open the l/c, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit business, creditor and the debtor of the letter of credit, letter of guarantee under the main contract or any modifications, additions or standby letter of credit financing under l/c, etc., such as the financing are considered to be modified or have the prior consent of the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall still undertake suretyship liability stipulated in this contract.

 

7. The attachment is an integral part of this contract, and the attachment of this contract is equally valid.

 

 

 

 

8. During the period of the line of credit, if the series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents are not explicitly for the contract of guarantee, that shall be deemed as a guarantee by the guarantee contract.

 

9. This contract is triplet, the creditor holds two copies, the guarantor holds one copy, with equal legal effect.

 

Article 21 The notarization and voluntarily to accept compulsory execution

 

1. The contract should be in the provisions of the state notary office for notarization if any party request notarization.

 

2. The notarized contract have the enforcement effect, if the debtor fails to perform the debt or the creditor shall realize creditor’s rights according to laws and regulations and this contract, the creditor shall have the right to directly apply the people’s court with jurisdiction for enforcement.

 

Article 22 Supplement:

 

The creditor (official seal): /s/ [COMPANY SEAL]  
     
The legal representative (signature):  
     
The guarantor :    
     
The guarantor (signature):Pan Dangyu ID NO:***  

 

 

 

 

The guarantor’s spouse special commitment:

 

Himself as a surety of a spouse, as well as the performance of this guarantee contract agreed to the guarantor, have to pay special attention to the contract terms and related rights and obligations and black restrict or exemption clauses, and on a comprehensive and accurate understanding and the terms of the contract is given priority to with the common property of husband and wife agreed to in accordance with the contract debt under contract to provide joint liability guarantee.

 

Signature: Yin Zhoutao ID: ***

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Dang Yu Pan, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Highpower International, Inc..
   
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.
   
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.
   

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
   
  (a)       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
   
  (b)       Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
   
  (c)       Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
   
  (d)       Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. and
   
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
   
  (a)       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information. and
   
  (b)       Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

   

Date: May 13, 2019
 
/s/ Dang Yu Pan  
By: Dang Yu Pan  
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

  

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant

to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Sunny Pan, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Highpower International, Inc..

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
   
  (a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
   
  (b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
   
  (c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
   
  (d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. and
   
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
   
  (a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information. and
   
  (b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

  

Date: May 13, 2019  
   
/s/ Sunny Pan    
Sunny Pan  
Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer)  

 

   

Exhibit 32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the quarterly report of Highpower International, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. and

 

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Dang Yu Pan    
Dang Yu Pan  
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  
May 13, 2019  
   
/s/ Sunny Pan    
Sunny Pan  
Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  
May 13, 2019  

 

  

v3.19.1
Document and Entity Information - shares
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
May 13, 2019
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]    
Document Type 10-Q  
Amendment Flag false  
Document Period End Date Mar. 31, 2019  
Document Fiscal Year Focus 2019  
Document Fiscal Period Focus Q1  
Entity Registrant Name Highpower International, Inc.  
Entity Central Index Key 0001368308  
Current Fiscal Year End Date --12-31  
Entity Filer Category Non-accelerated Filer  
Trading Symbol HPJ  
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding   15,567,953
Entity Emerging Growth Company false  
Entity Small Business true  
v3.19.1
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Current Assets:    
Cash $ 24,167,300 $ 24,916,484
Restricted cash 39,562,823 44,495,633
Accounts receivable, net 59,037,769 77,279,817
Amount due from a related party 61,131 477,663
Notes receivable 4,375,399 256,712
Advances to suppliers 926,624 2,292,843
Prepayments and other receivables 8,282,896 10,457,789
Inventories 58,456,282 54,790,461
Total Current Assets 194,870,224 214,967,402
Property, plant and equipment, net 68,148,472 56,523,177
Long-term prepayments 1,949,214 2,617,419
Land use right, net 2,476,691 2,445,751
Other assets 635,015 643,128
Deferred tax assets, net 983,879 865,370
Long-term investments 9,768,087 9,993,852
Right-of-use assets 5,272,558 0
TOTAL ASSETS 284,104,140 288,056,099
Current Liabilities:    
Accounts payable 68,943,619 66,486,690
Deferred government grants 473,111 464,206
Short-term loans 17,749,981 24,856,744
Non-financial institution borrowing 0 8,761,426
Notes payable 75,053,041 73,607,284
Foreign exchange derivative liabilities 2,240 521,509
Amount due to related parties 9,011,760 6,116,851
Other payables and accrued liabilities 23,733,687 25,860,703
Income taxes payable 4,246,421 4,124,719
Lease liabilities, current 1,866,177 0
Total Current Liabilities 201,080,037 210,800,132
Lease liabilities, non current 3,550,051 0
TOTAL LIABILITIES 204,630,088 210,800,132
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Stockholders' equity    
Preferred stock (Par value: $0.0001, Authorized: 10,000,000 shares, Issued and outstanding: none) 0 0
Common stock (Par value: $0.0001, Authorized: 100,000,000 shares, 15,567,953 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2019 and 15,559,658 at December 31, 2018, respectively) 1,557 1,556
Additional paid-in capital 14,067,883 13,863,282
Statutory and other reserves 8,012,052 8,012,052
Retained earnings 56,481,633 56,173,912
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 910,927 (794,835)
TOTAL EQUITY 79,474,052 77,255,967
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ 284,104,140 $ 288,056,099
v3.19.1
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - $ / shares
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Preferred Stock, par value per share $ 0.0001 $ 0.0001
Preferred Stock, shares authorized 10,000,000 10,000,000
Preferred Stock, shares issued 0 0
Preferred Stock, shares outstanding 0 0
Common Stock, par value per share $ 0.0001 $ 0.0001
Common Stock, shares authorized 100,000,000 100,000,000
Common Stock, shares issued 15,567,953 15,559,658
Common Stock, shares outstanding 15,567,953 15,559,658
v3.19.1
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Net sales $ 58,113,480 $ 49,783,453
Cost of sales (45,452,951) (42,217,126)
Gross profit 12,660,529 7,566,327
Research and development expenses (2,986,709) (2,561,837)
Selling and distribution expenses (2,792,862) (1,975,096)
General and administrative expenses (4,823,489) (4,114,810)
Foreign currency transaction loss (1,250,895) (1,014,693)
Total operating expenses (11,853,955) (9,666,436)
Income (loss) from operations 806,574 (2,100,109)
Changes in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives 387,100 703,715
Government grants 221,435 329,820
Other income 66,698 23,561
Equity in (loss) earnings of investee (418,204) 156,250
Interest expenses (470,423) (241,852)
Income (loss) before income taxes 593,180 (1,128,615)
Income taxes (expense) benefit (285,459) 9,679
Net income (loss) 307,721 (1,118,936)
Comprehensive income    
Net income (loss) 307,721 (1,118,936)
Foreign currency translation gain 1,705,762 2,836,556
Comprehensive income $ 2,013,483 $ 1,717,620
Earnings (loss) per share of common stock attributable to the Company    
- Basic $ 0.02 $ (0.07)
- Diluted $ 0.02 $ (0.07)
Weighted average number of common stock outstanding    
- Basic 15,566,478 15,509,658
- Diluted 15,604,907 15,509,658
v3.19.1
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Cash flows from operating activities    
Net income (loss) $ 307,721 $ (1,118,936)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:    
Depreciation and amortization 1,729,440 1,475,228
Bad debt expense 89,427 18,524
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 0 21,805
Deferred taxes (102,366) (356,616)
Changes in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives (387,100) (414,042)
Equity in loss (earnings) of investee 418,204 (156,250)
Share based compensation 204,602 241,421
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:    
Accounts receivable 18,954,393 3,713,692
Notes receivable (4,120,877) 2,622,925
Advances to suppliers 1,412,642 (236,789)
Prepayments and other receivables 2,379,960 (601,315)
Amount due from a related party 426,432 285,657
Amount due to related parties 113,794 0
Inventories (2,626,489) (10,779,233)
Accounts payable (6,016,313) (1,377,447)
Deferred government grants 0 475,783
Other payables and accrued liabilities (2,287,547) 665,379
Income taxes payable 57,542 19,371
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities 10,553,465 (5,500,843)
Cash flows from investing activities    
Acquisitions of plant and equipment (4,336,823) (1,553,979)
Payment for long-term investment (313,073) (317,188)
Net cash flows used in investing activities (4,649,896) (1,871,167)
Cash flows from financing activities    
Proceeds from short-term bank loans 5,963,296 14,427,164
Repayments of short-term bank loans (13,560,014) 0
Proceeds from a related party 2,981,648 0
Repayments of non-financial institution borrowing (8,944,944) 0
Proceeds from notes payable 30,205,286 28,429,600
Repayments of notes payable (30,171,519) (26,488,407)
Payment of derivative instruments (143,089) 0
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities (13,669,336) 16,368,357
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash 2,083,773 2,046,039
Net (decrease) increase in cash and restricted cash (5,681,994) 11,042,386
Cash and restricted cash- beginning of year 69,412,117 40,456,117
Cash and restricted cash- end of year 63,730,123 51,498,503
Cash paid for:    
Income taxes 330,283 327,565
Interest expenses 863,923 114,588
Non-cash investing and financing activities:    
Purchase of plant and equipment financed by accounts payable 7,203,680 0
Reconciliation of cash and restricted cash:    
Cash 24,167,300 18,859,355
Restricted cash 39,562,823 32,639,148
Total cash and restricted cash shown in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows $ 63,730,123 $ 51,498,503
v3.19.1
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGE IN EQUITY - USD ($)
Total
Common stock [Member]
Additional paid-in capital [Member]
Statutory and other reserves [Member]
Retained earnings [Member]
Accumulated other comprehensive income [Member]
Balance at Dec. 31, 2017 $ 67,212,185 $ 1,551 $ 12,709,756 $ 6,549,815 $ 44,481,568 $ 3,469,495
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2017   15,509,658        
Foreign currency translation adjustments 2,836,556 $ 0 0 0 0 2,836,556
Share-based compensation expenses 241,421 0 241,421 0 0 0
Net income (loss) (1,118,936) 0 0 0 (1,118,936) 0
Balance at Mar. 31, 2018 69,171,226 $ 1,551 12,951,177 6,549,815 43,362,632 6,306,051
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2018   15,509,658        
Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 77,255,967 $ 1,556 13,863,282 8,012,052 56,173,912 (794,835)
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2018   15,559,658        
Exercise of the warrants 0 $ 1 (1) 0 0 0
Exercise of the warrants (in shares)   8,295        
Foreign currency translation adjustments 1,705,762 $ 0 0 0 0 1,705,762
Share-based compensation expenses 204,602 0 204,602 0 0 0
Net income (loss) 307,721 0 0 0 307,721 0
Balance at Mar. 31, 2019 $ 79,474,052 $ 1,557 $ 14,067,883 $ 8,012,052 $ 56,481,633 $ 910,927
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2019   15,567,953        
v3.19.1
Organization
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]  
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements Disclosure [Text Block]
1.
Organization
 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Highpower International, Inc. ("Highpower") and its 100%-owned subsidiary Hong Kong Highpower Technology Company Limited (“HKHTC”), HKHTC’s wholly-owned subsidiary Shenzhen Highpower Technology Company Limited (“SZ Highpower”), SZ Highpower’s and HKHTC’s jointly owned subsidiaries, Springpower Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited (“SZ Springpower”) and Icon Energy System Company Limited (“ICON”) and SZ Highpower’s and SZ Springpower’s jointly owned subsidiary Huizhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (“HZ HTC”). Highpower and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Company".
v3.19.1
Summary of significant accounting policies
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Accounting Policies [Abstract]  
Significant Accounting Policies [Text Block]
2.
Summary of significant accounting policies
 
Basis of presentation
 
The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information, the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X. They do not include all of the information and notes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed with the SEC on March 28, 2019.
 
In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present a fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position as of March 31, 2019, its consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019, cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and change in equity for the three months ended March 31, 2019, as applicable, have been made. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019 or any future periods.
 
Concentrations of credit risk
 
One major customer accounted for 10.9% of the total sales for the three months ended March 31, 2019. There was no customer accounted for over 10% or more of the total sales during the three months ended March 31, 2018.
 
One supplier accounted for 12.2% and 21.2% of the total purchase amount during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
 
One customer accounted for 12.6% of the accounts receivable as of March 31, 2019. No customer accounted for 10% or more of the accounts receivable as of December 31, 2018.
 
Recently issued accounting standards
 
On February 25, 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). It requires that a lessee recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from operating leases. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset (“ROU asset
) representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2019 using the modified retrospective approach, electing the package of practical expedients, and the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for data center operating leases. We also elected the optional transition method that permits adoption of the new standard prospectively, as of the effective date, without adjusting comparative periods presented. Adoption of the standard resulted in the recognition of $5.3 million of ROU assets and $5.4 million of lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at adoption related to office space, data and fulfillment centers, and other corporate assets.
 
See Note 7 for disclosure required by ASC 842.
 
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220). The amendments in this Update allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Consequently, the amendments eliminate the stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and will improve the usefulness of information reported to financial statement users. However, because the amendments only relate to the reclassification of the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the underlying guidance that requires that the effect of a change in tax laws or rates be included in income from continuing operations is not affected. The amendments in this Update also require certain disclosures about stranded tax effects. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2018-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the amendments in this Update is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, (1) for public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (2) for all other entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Tax (Topic 740) - Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. This update adds SEC paragraphs pursuant to the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which expresses the view of the staff regarding application of Topic 740, Income Taxes, in the reporting period that includes December 22, 2017 - the date on which the Tax Act was signed into law. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, statements of operations and cash flows.
v3.19.1
Revenue Recognition
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]  
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Text Block]
3.
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company follows the guidance under ASC 606 effective January 1, 2018. 
The following table disaggregates product sales by business segment and by geography, which provides information as to the major source of revenue. See Note 16 for additional description of the reportable business segments and the products being sold in each segment.
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31, 2019
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
Ni-MH Batteries and
Accessories
 
 
Consolidated
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Primary Geographic Markets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Mainland
 
 
23,064,520
 
 
 
4,906,515
 
 
 
27,971,035
 
Asia, others
 
 
17,011,230
 
 
 
6,059,484
 
 
 
23,070,714
 
Europe
 
 
1,403,314
 
 
 
3,217,017
 
 
 
4,620,331
 
North America
 
 
1,251,103
 
 
 
1,066,423
 
 
 
2,317,526
 
Others
 
 
-
 
 
 
133,874
 
 
 
133,874
 
Total sales
 
 
42,730,167
 
 
 
15,383,313
 
 
 
58,113,480
 
 
The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in paragraph ASC 606-10-50-14 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations (i) contracts that have an original expected length of one year or less; and (ii) contracts where revenue is recognized as invoiced.
 
The Company does not have amounts of contract assets since revenue is recognized as control of goods is transferred. The contract liabilities consist of advance payments from customers. The contract liabilities are reported in a net position on a customer-by-customer basis at the end of each reporting period. All contract liabilities are expected to be recognized as revenue within one year and are included in other payables and accrued liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
v3.19.1
Accounts receivable, net
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Accounts Receivable, Net, Current [Abstract]  
Accounts Receivable [Text Block]
4.
Accounts receivable, net
 
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Accounts receivable
 
 
59,189,232
 
 
 
77,340,837
 
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
 
 
151,463
 
 
 
61,020
 
 
 
 
59,037,769
 
 
 
77,279,817
 
v3.19.1
Inventories
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]  
Inventory Disclosure [Text Block]
5.
Inventories
 
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Raw materials
 
 
28,701,009
 
 
 
25,952,099
 
Work in progress
 
 
9,377,147
 
 
 
10,192,772
 
Finished goods
 
 
20,141,273
 
 
 
18,348,119
 
Packing materials
 
 
31,193
 
 
 
14,394
 
Consumables
 
 
205,660
 
 
 
283,077
 
 
 
 
58,456,282
 
 
 
54,790,461
 
v3.19.1
Property, plant and equipment, net
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]  
Property, Plant and Equipment Disclosure [Text Block]
6.
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction in progress
 
 
11,339,810
 
 
 
6,991,889
 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment
 
 
7,699,164
 
 
 
7,221,527
 
Leasehold improvement
 
 
7,258,819
 
 
 
7,090,162
 
Machinery and equipment
 
 
48,551,295
 
 
 
40,316,428
 
Motor vehicles
 
 
1,609,150
 
 
 
1,508,398
 
Buildings
 
 
19,534,641
 
 
 
19,166,951
 
 
 
 
95,992,879
 
 
 
82,295,355
 
Less: accumulated depreciation
 
 
27,844,407
 
 
 
25,772,178
 
 
 
 
68,148,472
 
 
 
56,523,177
 
 
The construction in process represented
 buildings and
machines under construction or testing as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.
 
The Company recorded depreciation expenses of $1,700,934 and $1,445,700 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2019, the Company deducted deferred government grants of $nil on the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company deducted deferred government grants of $75,584 in calculating the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment.
 
The buildings comprising the Huizhou facilities were pledged as collateral for bank loans. The net carrying amounts of the buildings were $8,641,385 and $8,536,246 as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
 
The building located in Shenzhen, Guangdong was pledged as collateral for bank loans. The net carrying amount of the building was $354,583 and $353,752 as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
v3.19.1
Leases
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Leases [Abstract]  
Lessee, Operating Leases [Text Block]
7.
Leases
 
The Company has various non-cancelable lease agreements for certain of the warehouses and
accommodations
with original lease periods expiring between 2019 and 2022. The lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain the Company will exercise that option. Certain of the arrangements have free rent periods or escalating rent payment provisions. Leases with an initial term of twelve months or less are not recorded on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes rental expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
 
The following table provides a summary of leases by balance sheet location as of March 31, 2019:
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
March 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating
 
Right-of-use assets
 
 
5,272,558
 
Total leased assets
 
 
 
 
5,272,558
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating - current
 
Lease liabilities, current
 
 
1,866,177
 
Operating - non current
 
Lease liabilities, non current
 
 
3,550,051
 
Total lease liabilities
 
 
 
 
5,416,228
 
 
The components of lease expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019 were as follows:
 
 
 
Statement of Income Location
 
Three months ended

March 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
Lease Costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating lease expense
 
Cost of sales, Selling and distribution expenses, General and administrative expenses, Research and development expenses
 
 
757,707
 
Total net lease costs
 
 
 
 
757,707
 
 
Maturity of lease liabilities under the non-cancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2019 were as follows:
 
 
 
Operating
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
Remaining 2019
 
 
1,635,280
 
2020
 
 
1,888,266
 
2021
 
 
1,715,654
 
2022
 
 
745,078
 
Total lease payments
 
 
5,984,278
 
Less: interest
 
 
568,050
 
Present value of lease liabilities
 
 
5,416,228
 
 
Future minimum rental payments under the non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:
 
 
 
Leases
(1)
 
 
 
$
 
2019
 
 
2,288,437
 
2020
 
 
1,790,861
 
2021
 
 
1,621,298
 
2022
 
 
668,792
 
 
 
 
6,369,388
 
 
(1) Amounts are based on ASC 840, Leases that was superseded upon our adoption of ASC 842, Leases on January 1, 2019.
 
The following table provides a summary of the lease terms and discount rates for the three months ended March 31, 2019:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31, 2019
 
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
 
 
3.00
years
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted Average Discount Rate
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
 
 
6.18
%
 
As most of the leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company use the incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments.
 
Supplemental information related to the leases for the three months ended March 31, 2019 is as follows:
 
 
 
Three months ended

March 31, 2019
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Operating cash flows from operating leases
 
 
626,145
 
v3.19.1
Long-term investments
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Equity Method Investments and Joint Ventures [Abstract]  
Long Term Investment [Text Block]
8.
Long-term investments
 
 
 
March 31, 2019
 
 
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
Interest

%
 
 
$
 
 
Interest

%
 
Equity method investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-Ganzhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (“GZ Highpower”) (1)
 
 
7,490,318
 
 
 
31.294
%
 
 
7,683,900
 
 
 
31.294
%
-Shenzhen V-power Innovative Technology Co., Ltd (“V-power”) (2)
 
 
530,662
 
 
 
49.000
%
 
 
595,730
 
 
 
49.000
%
Cost method investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-Huizhou Yipeng Energy Technology Co Ltd. 
 
 
1,747,107
 
 
 
4.654
%
 
 
1,714,222
 
 
 
4.654
%
 
 
 
9,768,087
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,993,852
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Investment in GZ Highpower 
 
On December 21, 2017, after the completion of the capital increase to GZ Highpower by other shareholders, the Company lost the controlling power over GZ Highpower and deconsolidated GZ Highpower. Thereafter, the investment was recorded under the equity method.
 
The equity in loss of investee was $341,576 
for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The equity in earnings of investee was
$156,250 for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
 
(2) Investment in V-power
 
On February 28, 2018, the Company signed an investment agreement with a related company and a group of individuals (the “Founder Team”) with an aggregate amount of RMB4.9 million (approximately $0.7 million) for 49% of the equity interest of V-power, which was recorded under the equity method. In addition, the Company agreed to transfer the 15% of original equity interest of V-power to the Founder Team as compensation under voluntary assignment as any of the following requirements met: 1. annual sales revenue higher or equal to RMB30 million before the first capital increase of V-power; and 2. valuation of V-power higher or equal to RMB30 million before equity issuance. As of March 31, 2019, the Company injected RMB4.2 million (approximately $0.6 million) to V-power, and the unpaid amount was recorded as amount due to a related party (See Note 17).
 
The equity in loss of investee was $76,628 and $nil for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
v3.19.1
Taxation
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]  
Income Tax Disclosure [Text Block]
9.
Taxation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highpower and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries file tax returns separately.
 
1) VAT
 
Pursuant to the Provisional Regulation of the PRC on VAT and the related implementing rules, all entities and individuals ("taxpayers") that are engaged in the sale of products in the PRC are generally required to pay VAT, at a rate of which was changed from 17% to 16% on May 1, 2018 of the gross sales proceeds received, less any deductible VAT already paid or borne by the taxpayers. Further, when exporting goods, the exporter is entitled to a portion of or all the refund of VAT that it has already paid or incurred. The Company’s PRC subsidiaries are subject to VAT on their revenues.
 
2) Income tax
 
United States
 
Tax Reform
 
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was signed into legislation. The 2017 Tax Act significantly revises the U.S. corporate income tax by, among other things, lowering the statutory corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%, imposing a mandatory one-time tax on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, introducing new tax regimes, and changing how foreign earnings are subject to U.S. tax.
 
On December 22, 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740, Income Taxes. In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. 
 
The one-time transition tax is based on the total post-1986 earnings and profits (“E&P”) for which the Company has previously deferred U.S. income taxes.
 
The Company evaluated the Global Intangible Low Taxed Income ("GILTI") inclusion on current earnings and
profits of greater than 10%
owned foreign controlled corporations. The Company has evaluated whether it has additional provision amount resulted by the GILTI inclusion on current earnings and profits of its foreign controlled corporations. The law also provides that corporate taxpayers may benefit from a 50% reduction in the GILTI inclusion, which effectively reduces the 21% U.S. corporate tax rate on the foreign income to an effective rate of 10.5%. The GILTI inclusion further provides for a foreign tax credit in connection with the foreign taxes paid. In 2019, the Company recorded a GILTI inclusion of $7,830,673. However, the total tax of $245,585 is fully offset by the deemed paid foreign tax credit.
 
The Company completed quantification of the Tax Act impact. The final adjustment is not material.
 
 
Hong Kong
 
HKHTC, which was incorporated in Hong Kong, is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 16.5%.
 
In accordance with the relevant tax laws and regulations of Hong Kong, a company registered in Hong Kong is subject to income taxes within Hong Kong at the applicable tax rate on taxable income. In March 2018, the Hong Kong Government introduced a two-tiered profit tax rate regime by enacting the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No.3) Ordinance 2018 (the “Ordinance”). Under the two-tiered profits tax rate regime, the first $2 million of assessable profits of qualifying corporations is taxed at 8.25% and the remaining assessable profits at 16.5%. The Ordinance is effective from the year of assessment 2018-2019. According to the policy, if no election has been made, the whole of the taxpaying entity’s assessable profits will be chargeable to Profits Tax at the rate of 16.5% or 15%, as applicable. Because the preferential tax treatment is not elected by the
Company, HKHTC is
subject to income tax at a rate of 16.5%. 
 
PRC
 
In accordance with the relevant tax laws and regulations of the PRC, a company registered in the PRC is subject to income taxes within the PRC at the applicable tax rate on taxable income.
 
In China, the companies granted with National High-tech Enterprise (“NHTE”) status enjoy 15% income tax rate. This status needs to be renewed every three years. If these subsidiaries fail to renew NHTE status, they will be subject to income tax at a rate of 25% after the expiration of NHTE status. All the PRC subsidiaries received NHTE status and enjoy 15% income tax rate for calendar year 2019 and 2018.
 
The components of the
 income taxes expense 
(benefit) 
are:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Current
 
 
387,825
 
 
 
346,937
 
Deferred
 
 
(102,366
)
 
 
(356,616
)
Total income taxes expense (benefit)
 
 
285,459
 
 
 
(9,679
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The reconciliation of income taxes expenses 
(benefit) 
computed at the PRC statutory tax rate to income tax expense is as follows:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Income (loss) before tax
 
 
593,180
 
 
 
(1,128,615
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes at PRC statutory income tax rate (25%)
 
 
148,295
 
 
 
(282,154
)
Impact of different tax rates in other jurisdictions
 
 
118,621
 
 
 
58,660
 
Effect of PRC preferential tax rate
 
 
(190,307
)
 
 
6,453
 
R&D expenses eligible for super deduction
 
 
(138,394
)
 
 
-
 
Other non-deductible expenses
 
 
100,362
 
 
 
16,576
 
Change in valuation allowance of deferred tax assets
 
 
246,882
 
 
 
190,786
 
Effective enterprise income tax expense (benefit)
 
 
285,459
 
 
 
(9,679
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3) Deferred tax assets, net
 
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purpose and the tax bases used for income tax purpose. The following represents the tax effect of each major type of temporary difference.
 
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Tax loss carry-forward
 
 
1,408,109
 
 
 
1,096,956
 
Allowance for doubtful receivables
 
 
22,719
 
 
 
9,153
 
Impairment for inventory
 
 
382,398
 
 
 
382,375
 
Difference for sales cut-off
 
 
25,340
 
 
 
15,526
 
Deferred government grants
 
 
70,967
 
 
 
69,631
 
Property, plant and equipment subsidized by government grant
 
 
246,965
 
 
 
250,563
 
Impairment for property, plant and equipment
 
 
117,384
 
 
 
138,122
 
Total gross deferred tax assets
 
 
2,273,882
 
 
 
1,962,326
 
Valuation allowance
 
 
(1,290,003
)
 
 
(1,096,956
)
Total net deferred tax assets
 
 
983,879
 
 
 
865,370
 
 
 
 
As of March 31, 2019, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards in Hong Kong of $7,818,199 without expiration and in the PRC of $787,374, which will expire in 2023.
 
The Company has deferred tax assets which consisted of tax loss carry-forwards and other items that can be carried forward to offset future taxable income. Management determined it is more likely than not that part of the deferred tax assets could not be utilized, so a valuation allowance was provided for as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The net valuation allowance increased by $0.2 million and $0.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
v3.19.1
Notes payable
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Notes Payable [Abstract]  
Notes Payable Disclosure [Text Block]
10.
Notes payable
 
Notes payable presented to certain suppliers as a payment against the outstanding trade payables.
 
Notes payable are mainly bank acceptance bills which are non-interest bearing and generally mature within one year. The outstanding bank acceptance bills are secured by restricted cash deposited in banks. Outstanding bank acceptance bills were $75,053,041 and $73,607,284 as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.
v3.19.1
Short-term loans
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Short-term Debt [Abstract]  
Short-term Debt [Text Block]
11.
Short-term loans
 
As of March 31, 2019, the bank borrowings were for working capital and capital expenditure purposes
with maturity of one year
and were secured by personal guarantees executed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan, the land use right with a net carrying amount of $2,476,691 and the buildings with a net carrying amount of $8,995,968, respectively.
 
The loans were primarily obtained from three banks with interest rates ranging from
5.6160
% to
6.5253
% per annum and 5.2300% to 6.5253% per annum as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The interest expenses were $344,983 and $111,713 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
v3.19.1
Non-financial institution borrowing
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Short-term Debt [Abstract]  
Non-Financial Institution Borrowings [Text Block]
 
12.
Non-financial institution borrowing
  
For the three months ended March 31, 2019, the Company paid back $8,944,944 to the third party non-financial institution.
 
The interest expense of the above borrowing was $4,922 and $162,303 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
v3.19.1
Lines of credit
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Line of Credit Facility [Abstract]  
Line Of Credit Facilities [Text Block]
13.
Lines of credit
 
The Company entered into various credit contracts and revolving lines of credit, which were used for short-term loans and bank acceptance bills. As of March 31, 2019, the total and unused lines of credit were $
109.6
million and $
33.6
million, respectively, with maturity dates from May 2019 to October 2021. As of December 31, 2018, the total and unused lines of credit were $102.6 million and $23.8 million, respectively, with maturity dates from March 2019 to October 2021.
 
These lines of credit were guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Dang Yu Pan. The Company’s buildings and the land use right were pledged as collateral for these line of credit.
v3.19.1
Earnings (loss) per share
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]  
Earnings Per Share [Text Block]
14.
Earnings (loss) per share
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings 
(loss) 
per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018.
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
 
 
307,721
 
 
 
(1,118,936
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Basic
 
 
15,566,478
 
 
 
15,509,658
 
- Dilutive effects of equity incentive awards
 
 
38,429
 
 
 
-
 
- Diluted
 
 
15,604,907
 
 
 
15,509,658
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Basic
 
 
0.02
 
 
 
(0.07
)
- Diluted
 
 
0.02
 
 
 
(0.07
)
 
Diluted earnings per share takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock. Potential dilutive securities are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS in loss periods as their effect would be anti-dilutive.
v3.19.1
Defined contribution plan
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Retirement Benefits [Abstract]  
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Text Block]
15.
Defined contribution plan
  
Full-time employees of the Company in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits (“the Benefits”) are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the PRC operating subsidiaries of the Company make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. Except for contributions made related to the Benefits, the Company has no legal obligation.
 
The total contributions made, which were expensed as incurred, were $983,374 and $653,957 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
v3.19.1
Segment information
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Segment Reporting [Abstract]  
Segment Reporting Disclosure [Text Block]
16.
Segment information
 
The reportable segments are components of the Company that offer different products and are separately managed, with separate financial information available that is separately evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer, in determining the performance of the business. The Company categorizes its business into two reportable segments, namely (i) Lithium Business and (ii) Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories.
 
The CODM evaluates performance based on each reporting segment’s net sales, cost of sales, gross profit and total assets. Net sales, cost of sales, gross profit and total assets by segments is set out as follows:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Net sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
42,730,167
 
 
 
36,596,655
 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories
 
 
15,383,313
 
 
 
13,186,798
 
Total
 
 
58,113,480
 
 
 
49,783,453
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
33,628,468
 
 
 
30,791,339
 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories
 
 
11,824,483
 
 
 
11,425,787
 
Total
 
 
45,452,951
 
 
 
42,217,126
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
9,101,699
 
 
 
5,805,316
 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories
 
 
3,558,830
 
 
 
1,761,011
 
Total
 
 
12,660,529
 
 
 
7,566,327
 
  
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Total Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
221,165,885
 
 
 
231,795,621
 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories
 
 
62,938,255
 
 
 
56,260,478
 
Total
 
 
284,104,140
 
 
 
288,056,099
 
 
All long-lived assets of the Company are located in the PRC. Geographic information about the sales and accounts receivable based on the locations of the Company’s customers is set out as follows:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Net sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Mainland
 
 
27,971,035
 
 
 
28,305,763
 
Asia, others
 
 
23,070,714
 
 
 
15,754,396
 
Europe
 
 
4,620,331
 
 
 
4,537,903
 
North America
 
 
2,317,526
 
 
 
1,164,831
 
Others
 
 
133,874
 
 
 
20,560
 
 
 
 
58,113,480
 
 
 
49,783,453
 
 
 
 
March  31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Accounts receivable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Mainland
 
 
37,572,057
 
 
 
38,048,651
 
Asia, others
 
 
17,487,874
 
 
 
33,237,051
 
Europe
 
 
3,244,105
 
 
 
5,413,343
 
North America
 
 
696,234
 
 
 
566,769
 
Others
 
 
37,499
 
 
 
14,003
 
 
 
 
59,037,769
 
 
 
77,279,817
 
v3.19.1
Related party balance and transactions
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]  
Related Party Transactions Disclosure [Text Block]
17.
Related party balance and transaction
 
Related party balance
 
 
 
March 31
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Accounts receivable
 
 
-
 
 
 
476,093
 
Other receivable
 
 
61,131
 
 
 
1,570
 
Amount due from a related party- GZ Highpower
 
 
61,131
 
 
 
477,663
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other payable-investment (1)
 
 
104,178
 
 
 
408,867
 
Loan from Mr. Dang Yu Pan (2)
 
 
8,907,582
 
 
 
5,707,984
 
Amount due to related parties
 
 
9,011,760
 
 
 
6,116,851
 
  
 
(1)
The Company signed an investment agreement with an aggregate amount of RMB4.9 million (approximately $0.7 million) in investing for 49% of the equity interest of V-power which was set up on March 1, 2018. On April 28, 2018, the Company injected RMB2.1 million (approximately $0.3 million) to V-power. On January 14, 2019, the Company injected RMB2.1 million (approximately $0.3 million) to V-power and the unpaid amount was recorded as amount due to a related party. (See Note 8)
 
 
(2)
The Company entered into a loan agreement with a maximum amount of RMB60 million (approximately $8.9 million) with Mr. Dang Yu Pan on July 20, 2018. As of March 31, 2019, the Company withdrew an aggregate amount of RMB58.2 million (approximately $8.7 million). The interest rate is 5.65% per annum. The Company accrued interest expense $113,795 for the three months ended March 31, 2019.
 
Related party transaction
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
GZ Highpower
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
 
 
200,733
 
 
 
225,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
V-Power
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payment of investment
 
 
313,073
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dang Yu Pan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan from Dang Yu Pan
 
 
2,981,648
 
 
 
-
 
Interest expense
 
 
113,795
 
 
 
 
 
v3.19.1
Subsequent event
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Subsequent Events [Abstract]  
Subsequent Events [Text Block]
18.
Subsequent event
 
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the issuance of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and no other subsequent event is identified that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.
v3.19.1
Summary of significant accounting policies (Policies)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Accounting Policies [Abstract]  
Basis of Accounting, Policy [Policy Text Block]
Basis of presentation
 
The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information, the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X. They do not include all of the information and notes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed with the SEC on March 28, 2019.
 
In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present a fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position as of March 31, 2019, its consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019, cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and change in equity for the three months ended March 31, 2019, as applicable, have been made. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019 or any future periods.
Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Policy [Policy Text Block]
Concentrations of credit risk
 
One major customer accounted for 10.9% of the total sales for the three months ended March 31, 2019. There was no customer accounted for over 10% or more of the total sales during the three months ended March 31, 2018.
 
One supplier accounted for 12.2% and 21.2% of the total purchase amount during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
 
One customer accounted for 12.6% of the accounts receivable as of March 31, 2019. No customer accounted for 10% or more of the accounts receivable as of December 31, 2018.
New Accounting Pronouncements, Policy [Policy Text Block]
Recently issued accounting standards
 
On February 25, 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). It requires that a lessee recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from operating leases. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset (“ROU asset
) representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2019 using the modified retrospective approach, electing the package of practical expedients, and the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for data center operating leases. We also elected the optional transition method that permits adoption of the new standard prospectively, as of the effective date, without adjusting comparative periods presented. Adoption of the standard resulted in the recognition of $5.3 million of ROU assets and $5.4 million of lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at adoption related to office space, data and fulfillment centers, and other corporate assets.
 
See Note 7 for disclosure required by ASC 842.
 
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220). The amendments in this Update allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Consequently, the amendments eliminate the stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and will improve the usefulness of information reported to financial statement users. However, because the amendments only relate to the reclassification of the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the underlying guidance that requires that the effect of a change in tax laws or rates be included in income from continuing operations is not affected. The amendments in this Update also require certain disclosures about stranded tax effects. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2018-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the amendments in this Update is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, (1) for public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (2) for all other entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Tax (Topic 740) - Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. This update adds SEC paragraphs pursuant to the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which expresses the view of the staff regarding application of Topic 740, Income Taxes, in the reporting period that includes December 22, 2017 - the date on which the Tax Act was signed into law. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, statements of operations and cash flows.
v3.19.1
Revenue Recognition (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]  
Disaggregation of Revenue [Table Text Block]
The following table disaggregates product sales by business segment and by geography, which provides information as to the major source of revenue. See Note 16 for additional description of the reportable business segments and the products being sold in each segment.
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31, 2019
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
Ni-MH Batteries and
Accessories
 
 
Consolidated
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Primary Geographic Markets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Mainland
 
 
23,064,520
 
 
 
4,906,515
 
 
 
27,971,035
 
Asia, others
 
 
17,011,230
 
 
 
6,059,484
 
 
 
23,070,714
 
Europe
 
 
1,403,314
 
 
 
3,217,017
 
 
 
4,620,331
 
North America
 
 
1,251,103
 
 
 
1,066,423
 
 
 
2,317,526
 
Others
 
 
-
 
 
 
133,874
 
 
 
133,874
 
Total sales
 
 
42,730,167
 
 
 
15,383,313
 
 
 
58,113,480
 
v3.19.1
Accounts receivable, net (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Accounts Receivable, Net, Current [Abstract]  
Schedule of Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Table Text Block]
 
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Accounts receivable
 
 
59,189,232
 
 
 
77,340,837
 
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
 
 
151,463
 
 
 
61,020
 
 
 
 
59,037,769
 
 
 
77,279,817
 
v3.19.1
Inventories (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]  
Schedule of Inventory, Current [Table Text Block]
 
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Raw materials
 
 
28,701,009
 
 
 
25,952,099
 
Work in progress
 
 
9,377,147
 
 
 
10,192,772
 
Finished goods
 
 
20,141,273
 
 
 
18,348,119
 
Packing materials
 
 
31,193
 
 
 
14,394
 
Consumables
 
 
205,660
 
 
 
283,077
 
 
 
 
58,456,282
 
 
 
54,790,461
 
v3.19.1
Property, plant and equipment, net (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]  
Property, Plant and Equipment [Table Text Block]
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction in progress
 
 
11,339,810
 
 
 
6,991,889
 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment
 
 
7,699,164
 
 
 
7,221,527
 
Leasehold improvement
 
 
7,258,819
 
 
 
7,090,162
 
Machinery and equipment
 
 
48,551,295
 
 
 
40,316,428
 
Motor vehicles
 
 
1,609,150
 
 
 
1,508,398
 
Buildings
 
 
19,534,641
 
 
 
19,166,951
 
 
 
 
95,992,879
 
 
 
82,295,355
 
Less: accumulated depreciation
 
 
27,844,407
 
 
 
25,772,178
 
 
 
 
68,148,472
 
 
 
56,523,177
 
v3.19.1
Leases (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Leases [Abstract]  
Summary of Assets and Liabilities Pertaining To Operating Leases [Table Text Block]
The following table provides a summary of leases by balance sheet location as of March 31, 2019:
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
March 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating
 
Right-of-use assets
 
 
5,272,558
 
Total leased assets
 
 
 
 
5,272,558
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating - current
 
Lease liabilities, current
 
 
1,866,177
 
Operating - non current
 
Lease liabilities, non current
 
 
3,550,051
 
Total lease liabilities
 
 
 
 
5,416,228
 
Lease, Cost [Table Text Block]
The components of lease expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019 were as follows:
 
 
 
Statement of Income Location
 
Three months ended

March 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
Lease Costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating lease expense
 
Cost of sales, Selling and distribution expenses, General and administrative expenses, Research and development expenses
 
 
757,707
 
Total net lease costs
 
 
 
 
757,707
 
Lessee, Operating Lease, Liability, Maturity [Table Text Block]
Maturity of lease liabilities under the non-cancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2019 were as follows:
 
 
 
Operating
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
Remaining 2019
 
 
1,635,280
 
2020
 
 
1,888,266
 
2021
 
 
1,715,654
 
2022
 
 
745,078
 
Total lease payments
 
 
5,984,278
 
Less: interest
 
 
568,050
 
Present value of lease liabilities
 
 
5,416,228
 
Schedule of Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases [Table Text Block]
Future minimum rental payments under the non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:
 
 
 
Leases
(1)
 
 
 
$
 
2019
 
 
2,288,437
 
2020
 
 
1,790,861
 
2021
 
 
1,621,298
 
2022
 
 
668,792
 
 
 
 
6,369,388
 
 
(1) Amounts are based on ASC 840, Leases that was superseded upon our adoption of ASC 842, Leases on January 1, 2019.
Summary Of Weighted Average Lease Term and The Discount Rate [Table Text Block]
The following table provides a summary of the lease terms and discount rates for the three months ended March 31, 2019:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31, 2019
 
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
 
 
3.00
years
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted Average Discount Rate
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
 
 
6.18
%
Schedule of Cash Flow, Supplemental Disclosures [Table Text Block]
Supplemental information related to the leases for the three months ended March 31, 2019 is as follows:
 
 
 
Three months ended

March 31, 2019
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Operating cash flows from operating leases
 
 
626,145
 
v3.19.1
Long-term investments (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Equity Method Investments and Joint Ventures [Abstract]  
Schedule Of Long Term Investment [Table Text Block]
 
 
March 31, 2019
 
 
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
Interest

%
 
 
$
 
 
Interest

%
 
Equity method investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-Ganzhou Highpower Technology Company Limited (“GZ Highpower”) (1)
 
 
7,490,318
 
 
 
31.294
%
 
 
7,683,900
 
 
 
31.294
%
-Shenzhen V-power Innovative Technology Co., Ltd (“V-power”) (2)
 
 
530,662
 
 
 
49.000
%
 
 
595,730
 
 
 
49.000
%
Cost method investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-Huizhou Yipeng Energy Technology Co Ltd. 
 
 
1,747,107
 
 
 
4.654
%
 
 
1,714,222
 
 
 
4.654
%
 
 
 
9,768,087
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,993,852
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Investment in GZ Highpower 
 
On December 21, 2017, after the completion of the capital increase to GZ Highpower by other shareholders, the Company lost the controlling power over GZ Highpower and deconsolidated GZ Highpower. Thereafter, the investment was recorded under the equity method.
 
The equity in loss of investee was $341,576 
for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The equity in earnings of investee was
$156,250 for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
 
(2) Investment in V-power
 
On February 28, 2018, the Company signed an investment agreement with a related company and a group of individuals (the “Founder Team”) with an aggregate amount of RMB4.9 million (approximately $0.7 million) for 49% of the equity interest of V-power, which was recorded under the equity method. In addition, the Company agreed to transfer the 15% of original equity interest of V-power to the Founder Team as compensation under voluntary assignment as any of the following requirements met: 1. annual sales revenue higher or equal to RMB30 million before the first capital increase of V-power; and 2. valuation of V-power higher or equal to RMB30 million before equity issuance. As of March 31, 2019, the Company injected RMB4.2 million (approximately $0.6 million) to V-power, and the unpaid amount was recorded as amount due to a related party (See Note 17).
v3.19.1
Taxation (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]  
Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Table Text Block]
The components of the
 income taxes expense 
(benefit) 
are:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Current
 
 
387,825
 
 
 
346,937
 
Deferred
 
 
(102,366
)
 
 
(356,616
)
Total income taxes expense (benefit)
 
 
285,459
 
 
 
(9,679
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation [Table Text Block]
The reconciliation of income taxes expenses 
(benefit) 
computed at the PRC statutory tax rate to income tax expense is as follows:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Income (loss) before tax
 
 
593,180
 
 
 
(1,128,615
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes at PRC statutory income tax rate (25%)
 
 
148,295
 
 
 
(282,154
)
Impact of different tax rates in other jurisdictions
 
 
118,621
 
 
 
58,660
 
Effect of PRC preferential tax rate
 
 
(190,307
)
 
 
6,453
 
R&D expenses eligible for super deduction
 
 
(138,394
)
 
 
-
 
Other non-deductible expenses
 
 
100,362
 
 
 
16,576
 
Change in valuation allowance of deferred tax assets
 
 
246,882
 
 
 
190,786
 
Effective enterprise income tax expense (benefit)
 
 
285,459
 
 
 
(9,679
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities [Table Text Block]
The following represents the tax effect of each major type of temporary difference.
 
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Tax loss carry-forward
 
 
1,408,109
 
 
 
1,096,956
 
Allowance for doubtful receivables
 
 
22,719
 
 
 
9,153
 
Impairment for inventory
 
 
382,398
 
 
 
382,375
 
Difference for sales cut-off
 
 
25,340
 
 
 
15,526
 
Deferred government grants
 
 
70,967
 
 
 
69,631
 
Property, plant and equipment subsidized by government grant
 
 
246,965
 
 
 
250,563
 
Impairment for property, plant and equipment
 
 
117,384
 
 
 
138,122
 
Total gross deferred tax assets
 
 
2,273,882
 
 
 
1,962,326
 
Valuation allowance
 
 
(1,290,003
)
 
 
(1,096,956
)
Total net deferred tax assets
 
 
983,879
 
 
 
865,370
 
v3.19.1
Earnings (loss) per share (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]  
Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted [Table Text Block]
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings 
(loss) 
per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018.
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company
 
 
307,721
 
 
 
(1,118,936
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Basic
 
 
15,566,478
 
 
 
15,509,658
 
- Dilutive effects of equity incentive awards
 
 
38,429
 
 
 
-
 
- Diluted
 
 
15,604,907
 
 
 
15,509,658
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Basic
 
 
0.02
 
 
 
(0.07
)
- Diluted
 
 
0.02
 
 
 
(0.07
)
v3.19.1
Segment information (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Segment Reporting [Abstract]  
Schedule of Segment Reporting Information, by Segment [Table Text Block]
The CODM evaluates performance based on each reporting segment’s net sales, cost of sales, gross profit and total assets. Net sales, cost of sales, gross profit and total assets by segments is set out as follows:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Net sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
42,730,167
 
 
 
36,596,655
 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories
 
 
15,383,313
 
 
 
13,186,798
 
Total
 
 
58,113,480
 
 
 
49,783,453
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
33,628,468
 
 
 
30,791,339
 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories
 
 
11,824,483
 
 
 
11,425,787
 
Total
 
 
45,452,951
 
 
 
42,217,126
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
9,101,699
 
 
 
5,805,316
 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories
 
 
3,558,830
 
 
 
1,761,011
 
Total
 
 
12,660,529
 
 
 
7,566,327
 
  
 
 
March 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Total Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lithium Business
 
 
221,165,885
 
 
 
231,795,621
 
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories
 
 
62,938,255
 
 
 
56,260,478
 
Total
 
 
284,104,140
 
 
 
288,056,099
 
Revenue from External Customers by Geographic Areas [Table Text Block]
All long-lived assets of the Company are located in the PRC. Geographic information about the sales and accounts receivable based on the locations of the Company’s customers is set out as follows:
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Net sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Mainland
 
 
27,971,035
 
 
 
28,305,763
 
Asia, others
 
 
23,070,714
 
 
 
15,754,396
 
Europe
 
 
4,620,331
 
 
 
4,537,903
 
North America
 
 
2,317,526
 
 
 
1,164,831
 
Others
 
 
133,874
 
 
 
20,560
 
 
 
 
58,113,480
 
 
 
49,783,453
 
 
 
 
March  31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Accounts receivable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
China Mainland
 
 
37,572,057
 
 
 
38,048,651
 
Asia, others
 
 
17,487,874
 
 
 
33,237,051
 
Europe
 
 
3,244,105
 
 
 
5,413,343
 
North America
 
 
696,234
 
 
 
566,769
 
Others
 
 
37,499
 
 
 
14,003
 
 
 
 
59,037,769
 
 
 
77,279,817
 
v3.19.1
Related party balance and transaction (Tables)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]  
Summary Of Related Party Outstandings [Table Text Block]
Related party balance
 
 
 
March 31
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Accounts receivable
 
 
-
 
 
 
476,093
 
Other receivable
 
 
61,131
 
 
 
1,570
 
Amount due from a related party- GZ Highpower
 
 
61,131
 
 
 
477,663
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other payable-investment (1)
 
 
104,178
 
 
 
408,867
 
Loan from Mr. Dang Yu Pan (2)
 
 
8,907,582
 
 
 
5,707,984
 
Amount due to related parties
 
 
9,011,760
 
 
 
6,116,851
 
  
 
(1)
The Company signed an investment agreement with an aggregate amount of RMB4.9 million (approximately $0.7 million) in investing for 49% of the equity interest of V-power which was set up on March 1, 2018. On April 28, 2018, the Company injected RMB2.1 million (approximately $0.3 million) to V-power. On January 14, 2019, the Company injected RMB2.1 million (approximately $0.3 million) to V-power and the unpaid amount was recorded as amount due to a related party. (See Note 8)
 
 
(2)
The Company entered into a loan agreement with a maximum amount of RMB60 million (approximately $8.9 million) with Mr. Dang Yu Pan on July 20, 2018. As of March 31, 2019, the Company withdrew an aggregate amount of RMB58.2 million (approximately $8.7 million). The interest rate is 5.65% per annum. The Company accrued interest expense $113,795 for the three months ended March 31, 2019.
Schedule of Related Party Transactions [Table Text Block]
Related party transaction
 
 
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
 
 
2019
 
 
2018
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
GZ Highpower
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
 
 
200,733
 
 
 
225,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
V-Power
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payment of investment
 
 
313,073
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dang Yu Pan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan from Dang Yu Pan
 
 
2,981,648
 
 
 
-
 
Interest expense
 
 
113,795
 
 
 
 
 
v3.19.1
Summary of significant accounting policies (Details Textual) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Dec. 31, 2018
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Operating Lease, Right-of-Use Asset $ 5,272,558   $ 0
Operating Lease, Liability $ 5,416,228    
Customer Concentration Risk [Member]      
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Concentration Risk, Percentage 10.90%    
Supplier Concentration Risk [Member]      
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Concentration Risk, Percentage 12.20% 21.20%  
Accounts Receivable [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member]      
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Concentration Risk, Percentage 12.60%    
v3.19.1
Revenue Recognition (Details) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Revenues $ 58,113,480 $ 49,783,453
Lithium Business [Member]    
Revenues 42,730,167  
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories [Member]    
Revenues 15,383,313  
China Mainland [Member]    
Revenues 27,971,035 28,305,763
China Mainland [Member] | Lithium Business [Member]    
Revenues 23,064,520  
China Mainland [Member] | Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories [Member]    
Revenues 4,906,515  
Asia, others [Member]    
Revenues 23,070,714 15,754,396
Asia, others [Member] | Lithium Business [Member]    
Revenues 17,011,230  
Asia, others [Member] | Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories [Member]    
Revenues 6,059,484  
Europe [Member]    
Revenues 4,620,331 4,537,903
Europe [Member] | Lithium Business [Member]    
Revenues 1,403,314  
Europe [Member] | Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories [Member]    
Revenues 3,217,017  
North America [Member]    
Revenues 2,317,526 1,164,831
North America [Member] | Lithium Business [Member]    
Revenues 1,251,103  
North America [Member] | Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories [Member]    
Revenues 1,066,423  
Other [Member]    
Revenues 133,874 $ 20,560
Other [Member] | Lithium Business [Member]    
Revenues 0  
Other [Member] | Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories [Member]    
Revenues $ 133,874  
v3.19.1
Accounts receivable, net (Details) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Accounts receivable $ 59,189,232 $ 77,340,837
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts 151,463 61,020
Accounts receivable, net $ 59,037,769 $ 77,279,817
v3.19.1
Inventories (Details) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Raw materials $ 28,701,009 $ 25,952,099
Work in progress 9,377,147 10,192,772
Finished goods 20,141,273 18,348,119
Packing materials 31,193 14,394
Consumables 205,660 283,077
Inventories $ 58,456,282 $ 54,790,461
v3.19.1
Property, plant and equipment, net (Details) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Cost    
Construction in progress $ 11,339,810 $ 6,991,889
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment 7,699,164 7,221,527
Leasehold improvement 7,258,819 7,090,162
Machinery and equipment 48,551,295 40,316,428
Motor vehicles 1,609,150 1,508,398
Buildings 19,534,641 19,166,951
Property, plant and equipment, cost 95,992,879 82,295,355
Less: accumulated depreciation 27,844,407 25,772,178
Property, plant and equipment, net $ 68,148,472 $ 56,523,177
v3.19.1
Property, plant and equipment, net (Details Textual) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended 12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Dec. 31, 2018
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]      
Depreciation $ 1,700,934 $ 1,445,700  
Property Plant And Equipment Deductions For Government Grants     $ 75,584
Pledged Assets Not Separately Reported Property Plant And Equipment 8,995,968    
Huizhou Facilities [Member]      
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]      
Pledged Assets Not Separately Reported Property Plant And Equipment 8,641,385   8,536,246
Shenzhen Building [Member]      
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]      
Pledged Assets Not Separately Reported Property Plant And Equipment $ 354,583   $ 353,752
v3.19.1
Leases (Details) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Assets [Abstract]    
Operating $ 5,272,558 $ 0
Total leased assets 5,272,558  
Liabilities [Abstract]    
Operating - current 1,866,177 0
Operating - non current 3,550,051 $ 0
Total lease liabilities 5,416,228  
Right-of-use assets [Member]    
Assets [Abstract]    
Operating 5,272,558  
Lease liabilities, current [Member]    
Liabilities [Abstract]    
Operating - current 1,866,177  
Lease liabilities, non current [Member]    
Liabilities [Abstract]    
Operating - non current $ 3,550,051  
v3.19.1
Leases (Details 1)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
USD ($)
Lease Costs  
Total net lease costs $ 757,707
Cost of sales Selling and distribution expenses General and administrative expenses Research and development expenses [Member]  
Lease Costs  
Operating lease expense $ 757,707
v3.19.1
Leases (Details 2)
Mar. 31, 2019
USD ($)
Remaining 2019 $ 1,635,280
2020 1,888,266
2021 1,715,654
2022 745,078
Total lease payments 5,984,278
Less: interest 568,050
Present value of lease liabilities $ 5,416,228
v3.19.1
Leases (Details 3)
Dec. 31, 2018
USD ($)
[1]
2019 $ 2,288,437
2020 1,790,861
2021 1,621,298
2022 668,792
Future minimum rental payments $ 6,369,388
[1] Amounts are based on ASC 840, Leases that was superseded upon our adoption of ASC 842, Leases on January 1, 2019.
v3.19.1
Leases (Details 4)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term  
Operating leases 3 years
Weighted Average Discount Rate  
Operating leases 6.18%
v3.19.1
Leases (Details 5)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
USD ($)
Lease, Cost [Abstract]  
Operating cash flows from operating leases $ 626,145
v3.19.1
Long-term investments (Details) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Long-term Investments $ 9,768,087 $ 9,993,852
Ganzhou Highpower Technology Company Limited [Member]    
Equity Method Investments [1] $ 7,490,318 $ 7,683,900
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage [1] 31.294% 31.294%
Shenzhen V-power Innovative Technology Co., Ltd ("V-power") [Member]    
Equity Method Investments [2] $ 530,662 $ 595,730
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage [2] 49.00% 49.00%
Huizhou Yipeng Energy Technology Co Ltd [Member]    
Cost Method Investments $ 1,747,107 $ 1,714,222
Cost Method Investments Ownership Percentage 4.654% 4.654%
[1] Investment in GZ Highpower On December 21, 2017, after the completion of the capital increase to GZ Highpower by other shareholders, the Company lost the controlling power over GZ Highpower and deconsolidated GZ Highpower. Thereafter, the investment was recorded under the equity method.
[2] Investment in V-power On February 28, 2018, the Company signed an investment agreement with a related company and a group of individuals (the “Founder Team”) with an aggregate amount of RMB4.9 million (approximately $0.7 million) for 49% of the equity interest of V-power, which was recorded under the equity method. In addition, the Company agreed to transfer the 15% of original equity interest of V-power to the Founder Team as compensation under voluntary assignment as any of the following requirements met: 1. annual sales revenue higher or equal to RMB30 million before the first capital increase of V-power; 2. valuation of V-power higher or equal to RMB30 million before equity issuance. As of March 31, 2019, the Company injected RMB4.2 million (approximately $0.6 million) to V-power, and the unpaid amount was recorded as amount due to a related party (See Note 17).
v3.19.1
Long-term investments (Details Textual)
¥ in Millions
3 Months Ended 13 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2018
USD ($)
Feb. 28, 2019
Mar. 31, 2019
CNY (¥)
Jan. 14, 2019
USD ($)
Jan. 14, 2019
CNY (¥)
Apr. 28, 2018
USD ($)
Apr. 28, 2018
CNY (¥)
Feb. 28, 2018
USD ($)
Feb. 28, 2018
CNY (¥)
Income (Loss) from Equity Method Investments $ (418,204) $ 156,250                
Equity Method Investment, Additional Information     In addition, the Company agreed to transfer the 15% of original equity interest of V-power to the Founder Team as compensation under voluntary assignment as any of the following requirements met: 1. annual sales revenue higher or equal to RMB30 million before the first capital increase of V-power; and 2. valuation of V-power higher or equal to RMB30 million before equity issuance.              
Shenzhen V-Power Innovative Technology Co Ltd [Member]                    
Equity Method Investments                 $ 700,000 ¥ 4.9
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage                 49.00% 49.00%
V-Power [Member]                    
Income (Loss) from Equity Method Investments (76,628) 0                
Related Party Transaction, Due from (to) Related Party 600,000     ¥ 4.2 $ 300,000 ¥ 2.1 $ 300,000 ¥ 2.1    
GZ Highpower [Member]                    
Income (Loss) from Equity Method Investments $ (341,576) $ 156,250                
v3.19.1
Taxation (Details) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Schedule Of Taxation [Line Items]    
Current $ 387,825 $ 346,937
Deferred (102,366) (356,616)
Total income taxes expense (benefit) $ 285,459 $ (9,679)
v3.19.1
Taxation (Details 1) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Schedule Of Taxation [Line Items]    
Income (loss) before tax $ 593,180 $ (1,128,615)
Provision for income taxes at PRC statutory income tax rate (25%) 148,295 (282,154)
Impact of different tax rates in other jurisdictions 118,621 58,660
Effect of PRC preferential tax rate (190,307) 6,453
R&D expenses eligible for super deduction (138,394) 0
Other non-deductible expenses 100,362 16,576
Change in valuation allowance of deferred tax assets 246,882 190,786
Total income taxes expense (benefit) $ 285,459 $ (9,679)
v3.19.1
Taxation (Details 2) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Schedule Of Taxation [Line Items]    
Tax loss carry-forward $ 1,408,109 $ 1,096,956
Allowance for doubtful receivables 22,719 9,153
Impairment for inventory 382,398 382,375
Difference for sales cut-off 25,340 15,526
Deferred government grants 70,967 69,631
Property, plant and equipment subsidized by government grant 246,965 250,563
Impairment for property, plant and equipment 117,384 138,122
Total gross deferred tax assets 2,273,882 1,962,326
Valuation allowance (1,290,003) (1,096,956)
Total net deferred tax assets $ 983,879 $ 865,370
v3.19.1
Taxation (Details Textual) - USD ($)
1 Months Ended 3 Months Ended 10 Months Ended 12 Months Ended
Dec. 22, 2017
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Dec. 31, 2017
Dec. 31, 2018
Schedule Of Taxation [Line Items]          
Value Added Tax Percentage Of Revenue   16.00% 17.00%    
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation, at Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate, Percent 21.00% 21.00% 34.00%    
Valuation Allowance Deferred Tax Asset In Increase   $ 200,000 $ 200,000    
Low Taxed Income Description   profits of greater than 10%      
Global Intangible Low Taxed Income   $ 7,830,673      
Amount of Tax Offset by Foreign Tax Credit   $ 245,585      
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation At Federal Statutory future Income Tax Rate   10.50%      
Percentage of Reduction in Global Intangible Low Taxed Income   50.00%      
Description Of The New or Amended Rate Of Federal Statutory Tax       According to the policy, if no election has been made, the whole of the taxpaying entity's assessable profits will be chargeable to Profits Tax at the rate of 16.5% or 15%, as applicable. Because the preferential tax treatment is not elected by the Company, HKHTC is subject to income tax at a rate of 16.5%. According to the policy, if no election has been made, the whole of the taxpaying entity's assessable profits will be chargeable to Profits Tax at the rate of 16.5% or 15%, as applicable. Because the preferential tax treatment is not elected by the Company, HKHTC is subject to income tax at a rate of 16.5%.
Other Information Pertaining to Income Taxes       HKHTC, which was incorporated in Hong Kong, is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 16.5%. In accordance with the relevant tax laws and regulations of Hong Kong, a company registered in Hong Kong is subject to income taxes within Hong Kong at the applicable tax rate on taxable income. In March 2018, the Hong Kong Government introduced a two-tiered profit tax rate regime by enacting the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No.3) Ordinance 2018 (the "Ordinance"). Under the two-tiered profits tax rate regime, the first $2 million of assessable profits of qualifying corporations is taxed at 8.25% and the remaining assessable profits at 16.5%. The Ordinance is effective from the year of assessment 2018-2019. According to the policy, if no election has been made, the whole of the taxpaying entity's assessable profits will be chargeable to Profits Tax at the rate of 16.5% or 15%, as applicable. Because the preferential tax treatment is not elected by the Company, HKHTC is subject to income tax at a rate of 16.5%. HKHTC, which was incorporated in Hong Kong, is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 16.5%. In accordance with the relevant tax laws and regulations of Hong Kong, a company registered in Hong Kong is subject to income taxes within Hong Kong at the applicable tax rate on taxable income. In March 2018, the Hong Kong Government introduced a two-tiered profit tax rate regime by enacting the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No.3) Ordinance 2018 (the "Ordinance"). Under the two-tiered profits tax rate regime, the first $2 million of assessable profits of qualifying corporations is taxed at 8.25% and the remaining assessable profits at 16.5%. The Ordinance is effective from the year of assessment 2018-2019. According to the policy, if no election has been made, the whole of the taxpaying entity's assessable profits will be chargeable to Profits Tax at the rate of 16.5% or 15%, as applicable. Because the preferential tax treatment is not elected by the Company, HKHTC is subject to income tax at a rate of 16.5%.
HONG KONG          
Schedule Of Taxation [Line Items]          
Corporate Income Tax Percentage   16.50%      
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation, at Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate, Percent       8.25% 8.25%
Operating Loss Carryforwards   $ 7,818,199      
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconcilation at Federal Statutory Rate On Amount Which Is Over and Above The Amount Assessable At Minimum Leviable Tax Rate       16.5 16.5
CHINA          
Schedule Of Taxation [Line Items]          
Income Tax Exemption Percentage   15.00% 15.00%    
Operating Loss Carryforwards   $ 787,374      
Operating Loss Carryforwards Expiration Year   2023      
CHINA | National High-tech Enterprise [Member]          
Schedule Of Taxation [Line Items]          
Income Tax Exemption Percentage   15.00%      
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation, at Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate, Percent   25.00%      
v3.19.1
Notes payable (Details Textual) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Notes payable [Line Items]    
Notes payable $ 75,053,041 $ 73,607,284
v3.19.1
Short-term loans (Details Textual) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Dec. 31, 2018
Short-term Debt [Line Items]      
Pledged Assets Not Separately Reported Property Plant And Equipment $ 8,995,968    
Interest Expense, Short-term Borrowings 344,983 $ 111,713  
Pledged Asset Land Use Right $ 2,476,691    
Minimum [Member]      
Short-term Debt [Line Items]      
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage 5.616%   5.23%
Maximum [Member]      
Short-term Debt [Line Items]      
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage 6.5253%   6.5253%
v3.19.1
Non-financial institution borrowing (Details Textual) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Interest Expense, Debt $ 4,922 $ 162,303
Repayments of Other Short-term Debt $ 8,944,944 $ 0
v3.19.1
Lines of credit (Details Textual) - USD ($)
$ in Millions
3 Months Ended 12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]    
Total Line of Credit $ 109.6 $ 102.6
Line of Credit Facility, Remaining Borrowing Capacity $ 33.6 $ 23.8
Line of Credit Facility, Initiation Date May 31, 2019 Mar. 31, 2019
Line of Credit Facility, Expiration Date Oct. 31, 2021 Oct. 31, 2021
v3.19.1
Earnings (loss) per share (Details) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Numerator:    
Net income attributable to the Company $ 307,721 $ (1,118,936)
Weighted-average shares outstanding    
- Basic 15,566,478 15,509,658
- Dilutive effects of equity incentive awards 38,429 0
- Diluted 15,604,907 15,509,658
Net income per share:    
- Basic $ 0.02 $ (0.07)
- Diluted $ 0.02 $ (0.07)
v3.19.1
Defined contribution plan (Details Textual) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Defined Contribution Plan, Cost $ 983,374 $ 653,957
v3.19.1
Segment information (Details) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]    
Net sales $ 58,113,480 $ 49,783,453
Cost of Sales 45,452,951 42,217,126
Gross Profit 12,660,529 7,566,327
Lithium Batteries [Member]    
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]    
Net sales 42,730,167 36,596,655
Cost of Sales 33,628,468 30,791,339
Gross Profit 9,101,699 5,805,316
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories [Member]    
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]    
Net sales 15,383,313 13,186,798
Cost of Sales 11,824,483 11,425,787
Gross Profit $ 3,558,830 $ 1,761,011
v3.19.1
Segment information (Details 1) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]    
Total Assets $ 284,104,140 $ 288,056,099
Lithium Batteries [Member]    
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]    
Total Assets 221,165,885 231,795,621
Ni-MH Batteries and Accessories [Member]    
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]    
Total Assets $ 62,938,255 $ 56,260,478
v3.19.1
Segment information (Details 2) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Net sales $ 58,113,480 $ 49,783,453
China Mainland [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Net sales 27,971,035 28,305,763
Asia, others [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Net sales 23,070,714 15,754,396
Europe [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Net sales 4,620,331 4,537,903
North America [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Net sales 2,317,526 1,164,831
Others [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Net sales $ 133,874 $ 20,560
v3.19.1
Segment information (Details 3) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Accounts receivable $ 59,037,769 $ 77,279,817
China Mainland [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Accounts receivable 37,572,057 38,048,651
Asia, others [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Accounts receivable 17,487,874 33,237,051
Europe [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Accounts receivable 3,244,105 5,413,343
North America [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Accounts receivable 696,234 566,769
Others [Member]    
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]    
Accounts receivable $ 37,499 $ 14,003
v3.19.1
Related party balance and transaction (Details) - USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Accounts receivable $ 0 $ 476,093
Other receivable 61,131 1,570
Amount due from a related party- GZ Highpower 61,131 477,663
Other payable-investment [1] 104,178 408,867
Loan from Mr. Dang Yu Pan [2] 8,907,582 5,707,984
Amount due to related parties $ 9,011,760 $ 6,116,851
[1] The Company signed an investment agreement with an aggregate amount of RMB4.9 million (approximately $0.7 million) in investing for 49% of the equity interest of V-power which was set up on March 1, 2018. On April 28, 2018, the Company injected RMB2.1 million (approximately $0.3 million) to V-power. On January 14, 2019, the Company injected RMB2.1 million (approximately $0.3 million) to V-power and the unpaid amount was recorded as amount due to a related party. (See Note 8)
[2] The Company entered into a loan agreement with a maximum amount of RMB60 million (approximately $8.9 million) with Mr. Dang Yu Pan on July 20, 2018. As of March 31, 2019, the Company withdrew an aggregate amount of RMB58.2 million (approximately $8.7 million). The interest rate is 5.65% per annum. The Company accrued interest expense $113,795 for the three months ended March 31, 2019.
v3.19.1
Related party balance and transaction (Details 1) - USD ($)
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
V-Power [Abstract]    
Payment of investment $ 313,073 $ 317,188
Dang Yu Pan [Abstract]    
Loan from Dang Yu Pan 2,981,648 0
GZ Highpower [Member]    
GZ Highpower [Abstract]    
Sales 200,733 225,787
V-Power [Member]    
V-Power [Abstract]    
Payment of investment 313,073 0
Dang Yu Pan [Member]    
Dang Yu Pan [Abstract]    
Loan from Dang Yu Pan 2,981,648 $ 0
Interest expense $ 113,795  
v3.19.1
Related party balance and transaction (Details Textual)
¥ in Millions
3 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2019
USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2019
CNY (¥)
Jan. 14, 2019
USD ($)
Jan. 14, 2019
CNY (¥)
Jul. 20, 2018
USD ($)
Jul. 20, 2018
CNY (¥)
Apr. 28, 2018
USD ($)
Apr. 28, 2018
CNY (¥)
Feb. 28, 2018
USD ($)
Feb. 28, 2018
CNY (¥)
Mr. Dang Yu Pan [Member]                    
Interest Expense, Related Party $ 113,795                  
Loan Agreement Amount         $ 8,900,000 ¥ 60.0        
Loan From Dang Yu Pan 8,700,000 ¥ 58.2                
Shenzhen V-Power Innovative Technology Co Ltd [Member]                    
Equity Method Investments                 $ 700,000 ¥ 4.9
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage                 49.00% 49.00%
V-Power [Member]                    
Related Party Transaction, Due from (to) Related Party $ 600,000 ¥ 4.2 $ 300,000 ¥ 2.1     $ 300,000 ¥ 2.1